MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE

Service Manual
High Power F Frames
VLT® HVAC Drive FC100
VLT® AQUA Drive FC200
VLT® AutomationDrive FC300
VLT® 12 Pulse
Contents High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Contents

1 Introduction 6
1.1 Purpose 6
1.2 VLT FC Product Overview 6
1.3 For Your Safety 6
1.4 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) 6
1.5 Frame Size Definitions 7
1.5.2 12-Pulse Frame Size Definitions 7
1.6 Ratings Tables 8
1.7 12-Pulse Ratings Tables 11
1.7.1 FC 100 and FC 200 11
1.7.1.1 Mains Supply 3 x 380 - 480/500 VAC 11
1.7.1.2 Mains Supply 3 x 525 - 690 VAC 13
1.7.2 FC 300 16
1.7.2.1 Mains Supply 3 x 380 - 480/500 VAC 16
1.7.2.2 Mains Supply 3 x 525 -690 VAC 18
1.8 Optional Components 21
1.8.1 Optional F-frame components 21
1.9 Tools Required 21
1.10 General Torque Tightening Values 22
1.11 Exploded Views 23

2 Operator Interface and Control 36

2.1 Introduction 36
2.2 Operating the Frequency Converter 36
2.2.1 Operation and Programming Through the LCP 36
2.2.2 Local Control Panel (LCP) 36
2.2.3 Display Area 37
2.2.4 Menu Keys 37
2.2.5 Navigation Keys 37
2.2.6 Controller Operation Keys 38
2.2.7 Numeric Local Control Panel (NLCP) 38
2.2.8 Tips and Tricks 39
2.3 Status Messages 39
2.4 Service Functions 42
2.5 Frequency Converter Inputs and Outputs 43
2.5.1 Input signals 43
2.5.2 Output signals 44
2.6 Control Terminals 44
2.7 Control Terminal Functions 45

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 1

Contents High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2.8 Earthing Screened Cables 47

3 Internal Frequency Converter Operation 48

3.1 General 48
3.2 Description of Operation 48
3.2.1 Logic Section 48
3.2.2 Logic to Power Interface 49
3.2.3 Power Section 50
3.3 Sequence of Operation 51
3.3.1 Rectifier and Option Cabinet 51
3.3.2 Intermediate Section 53
3.3.3 Inverter Section 54
3.3.4 Brake Option 56
3.3.5 Cooling Fans 57
3.3.6 Fan Speed Control 57
3.3.7 Load Sharing 57
3.3.8 Specific Card Connections 58

4 Troubleshooting 59
4.1 Troubleshooting Tips 59
4.2 Exterior Fault Troubleshooting 59
4.3 Fault Symptom Troubleshooting 59
4.4 Visual Inspection 61
4.5 Fault Symptoms 62
4.5.1 No Display 62
4.5.2 Intermittent Display 62
4.5.3 Motor Will not Run 62
4.5.4 Incorrect Motor Operation 62
4.6 Alarms and Warnings 63
4.7 Warning and Alarm Definitions 67
4.8 After Repair Tests 74

5 Frequency Converter and Motor Applications 75

5.1 Torque Limit, Current Limit, and Unstable Motor Operation 75
5.1.1 Overvoltage Trips 76
5.1.2 Mains Phase Loss Trips 76
5.1.3 Control Logic Problems 76
5.1.4 Programming Problems 77
5.1.5 Motor/Load Problems 77
5.2 Internal Frequency Converter Problems 78
5.2.1 Overtemperature Faults 78

2 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Contents High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.2.2 Open (Blown) Fuses 78

5.2.3 Current Sensor Faults 78
5.3 Electromagnetic Interference 79
5.3.1 Effect of EMI 79
5.3.2 Sources of EMI 80
5.3.3 EMI Propagation 81
5.3.4 Preventive Measures 83
5.3.5 Proper EMC Installation 84

6 Test Procedures 85
6.1 Introduction 85
6.1.1 Tools Required for Testing 85
6.1.2 Signal Test Board 85
6.2 Static Test Procedures 85
6.2.1 Rectifier Module Static Test 87
6.2.2 Inverter Module Static Tests 90
6.2.2.1 Test Point Access 90
6.2.2.2 Inverter test part I 91
6.2.2.3 Inverter test part II 91
6.2.3 Brake IGBT Test 92
6.2.4 Fan Continuity Test 92
6.3 Dynamic Test Procedures 94
6.3.1 Split Bus Mode 94
6.3.2 Warnings 95
6.3.3 No Display Text 95
6.3.4 Input Voltage Test 95
6.3.5 Basic Control Card Voltage Test 95
6.3.6 DC Undervoltage Test 96
6.3.7 Input Imbalance of Supply Voltage Test 96
6.3.8 Input Waveform Test 96
6.3.9 Gate Signal Test 97
6.3.10 IGBT Switching Test 97
6.3.11 Current Sensor Test 98
6.3.12 Testing Current Feedback with the Signal Test Board 98
6.3.13 Input Terminal Signal Test 98
6.4 Module-level Static Test Procedures 99
6.4.1 Inverter Module 99
6.4.2 Rectifier Module 100
6.5 After Repair Drive Test 101
6.5.1 Procedure 101

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 3

Contents High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7 Top Level Module Removal Instructions 102

7.1 Before Proceeding 102
7.1.1 High Voltage Warning 102
7.1.3 Optional Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch 102
7.1.4 Tools Required 102
7.1.5 F-Frame Service Shelf 103
7.2 Instructions 103
7.2.1 AC Line Input Fuses 103
7.2.2 DC Link Fuses 105
7.2.3 Door Fans 105
7.2.4 Heatsink Fans 106
7.2.5 Rectifier Module 107
7.2.6 Inverter Module 108
7.2.7 MDCIC Mounting Panel 109
7.2.8 Fan Transformers 110
7.2.9 DC Link Inductor 110
7.2.10 MDCIC Board 111

8 Disassembly/Assembly - Inverter Module 113

8.1 For Your Safety 113
8.1.1 Danfoss Training Required 113
8.2 Inverter Module 114
8.2.1 Inverter Module, Exploded View 114
8.2.2 Internal Access 115
8.2.3 Power Card 115
8.2.4 Upper Capacitor Bank Assembly (without removing power card) 115
8.2.5 Lower Capacitor Bank Assembly 116
8.2.6 High Frequency Board 116
8.2.7 Gate Drive Card 117
8.2.8 Current Sensor 118
8.2.9 Brake IGBT Module (Optional) 118
8.2.10 IGBT Module 119

9 Disassembly/Assembly - Rectifier Module 120

9.1 For Your Safety 120
9.1.1 Danfoss Training Required 120
9.2 Rectifier Module 120
9.2.1 Internal Access 120
9.2.2 Power Card 120
9.2.3 12-Pulse MPIC 121

4 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Contents High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

9.2.4 Power Card Mounting Plate 121

9.2.5 Soft Charge Card 122
9.2.6 Soft Charge Card Mounting Plate 122
9.2.7 Soft Charge Resistor 123
9.2.8 Heatsink Thermal Sensor 123
9.2.9 SCR Modules 123
9.2.10 Diode Module 124

10 Special Test Equipment 125

10.1 Test Equipment 125
10.1.1 Split-bus Power Supply 125
10.1.2 Signal Test Board (p/n 176F8437) 125
10.1.3 Signal Test Board Pin Outs: Description and Voltage Levels 126

11 Spare Part Lists 132

11.1.1 Spare Parts for 380-480/500 VAC Drives 132
11.2.1 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC Drives 144
11.3 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 155
11.4 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 169

12 Block Diagrams 183

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 5

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1 Introduction

1.1 Purpose 1.3 For Your Safety

The purpose of this manual is to provide detailed technical 1.3.1 Warnings
information and instructions to enable a qualified
technician to identify faults and perform repairs on
frequency converters in the F frame range, including the WARNING
12-pulse variation. Frequency converters contain dangerous voltages when
connected to mains. Only a competent technician should
It provides the reader with a general view of the unit's carry out service.
main assemblies and a description of the internal
processing. With this information, technicians should have
an understanding of the frequency converter operation for
WARNING
For dynamic test procedures, main input power is required
troubleshooting and repair.
and all devices and power supplies connected to mains are
energized at rated voltage. Use extreme caution when
This manual provides instructions for the frequency conducting tests in a powered frequency converter.
converter models and voltage ranges described in the Contact with powered components could result in
tables on the following page. electrical shock and personal injury.

1.2 VLT FC Product Overview 1. Disconnect mains prior to inspection or making

repairs.
VLT HVAC Drive series frequency converters are designed
2. DO NOT touch electrical parts of frequency
for the HVAC markets. They operate in variable torque
converter when connected to mains. After
mode or constant torque down to 15 Hz and include
removing power from mains, wait 40 minutes
special features and options designed for fan and pump
before touching any electrical parts. See the label
applications.
on the front of the frequency converter door for
specific discharge time.
VLT® AQUA FC 202 series frequency converters are
designed for water and waste water markets. They can 3. The STOP key on the control panel does not
operate in either constant torque or variable torque with disconnect mains.
limited overload capabilities. Included are specific features 4. During operation and while programming
and options for use on a variety of water pumping and parameters, the motor may start without warning.
processing applications. Activate the STOP key when changing data.

VLT AutomationDriveseries frequency converters are fully

1.4 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
programmable for either constant torque or variable
torque industrial applications. They are capable of
operating a great variety of applications and incorporate a WARNING
wide range of control and communication options. When performing service, use proper ESD procedures to
prevent damage to sensitive components.
These models are available in NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/
IP54 enclosures. Many electronic components within the frequency
converter are sensitive to static electricity. Voltages so low
that they cannot be felt, seen or heard can reduce the life,
VLT® 12-Pulse frequency converters are also covered in
affect performance, or completely destroy sensitive
these procedures. The VLT 12-pulse frequency converter is
electronic components.
a high power passive solution to reduce harmonic
distortion on mains power lines. Connecting each of the
two 12-pulse frequency converter input rectifiers to a
separately mounted phase shifting transformer naturally
cancels low order current harmonics to levels near 12%. No
special set up or controls are required.

6 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1.5.2 12-Pulse Frame Size Definitions 1 1

1.5 Frame Size Definitions 380-480 VAC Power
Model 12-pulseFC
1.5.1 F-Frame Size Definitions 102FC 102, FC-202
VLT AQUA Drive
kW @400 VAC HP @460 VAC Frame Size
380-480 VAC Power
P315 315 450 F8 / F9
Model FC 102FC 102,
P355 355 500 F8 / F9
FC-202 VLT AQUA
Drive P400 400 550 F8 / F9
kW @400 VAC HP @460 VAC Frame Size P450 450 600 F8 / F9
P500 500 650 F1 / F3 P500 500 650 F10 / F11
P560 560 750 F1 / F3 P560 560 750 F10 / F11
P630 630 900 F1 / F3 P630 630 900 F10 / F11
P710 710 1000 F1 / F3 P710 710 1000 F10 / F11
P800 800 1200 F2 / F4 P800 800 1200 F12 / F13
P1M0 1000 1350 F2 / F4 P1M0 1000 1350 F12 / F13

Table 1.1 FC 102FC 102, FC 202 380-480 VAC Table 1.5 12-Pulse FC 102FC 102, FC 202 380-480 VAC

380-500 VAC Power 380-500 VAC Power

Model FC 302 High / Normal Overload Model FC 302 High / Normal Overload
kW @400 HP @460 kW @500 Frame Size kW @400 HP @460 kW @500 Frame Size
VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC
P450 450 / 500 600/ 650 530 / 560 F1 / F3 P250 250 / 315 350 / 450 315 / 355 F8 / F9
P500 500 / 560 650 / 750 560 / 630 F1 / F3 P315 315 / 355 450 / 500 355 / 400 F8 / F9
P560 560 / 630 750 / 900 630 / 710 F1 / F3 P355 355 / 400 500 / 550 400 / 450 F8 / F9
P630 630 / 710 900 / 1000 710 / 800 F1 / F3 P400 400 / 450 550 / 600 500 / 530 F8 / F9
P710 710 / 800 1000 / 1200 800 / 1000 F2 / F4 P450 450 / 500 600/ 650 530 / 560 F10 / F11
P800 800 / 1000 1200 / 1350 1000 / 1100 F2 / F4 P500 500 / 560 650 / 750 560 / 630 F10 / F11
P560 560 / 630 750 / 900 630 / 710 F10 / F11
P630 630 / 710 900 / 1000 710 / 800 F10 / F11
Table 1.2 FC 302 380-500 VAC
P710 710 / 800 1000 / 1200 800 / 1000 F12 / F13
P800 800 / 1000 1200 / 1350 1000 / 1100 F12 / F13
525-690 VAC Power
Model FC 102FC Table 1.6 12-Pulse FC 302 380-500 VAC
102 and FC-202
VLT AQUA Drive
kW @550 HP @575 kW @690 Frame Size 525-690 VAC Power
VAC VAC VAC Model FC 102FC
P710 560 750 710 F1 / F3 102 and FC-202
P800 670 950 800 F1 / F3 VLT AQUA Drive
P900 750 1050 900 F1 / F3 kW @550 HP @575 kW @690 Frame Size
P1M0 950 1150 1000 F2 / F4 VAC VAC VAC
P1M2 1000 1350 1200 F2 / F4 P450 450 450 - F8 / F9
P1M4 1100 1550 1400 F2 / F4 P500 500 500 - F8 / F9
P560 560 600 - F8 / F9
P630 600 650 - F8 / F9
Table 1.3 FC 102FC 102 and FC 202 525-690 VAC
P710 560 750 710 F10 / F11
P800 670 950 800 F10 / F11
525-690 VAC Power P900 750 1050 900 F10 / F11
Model FC 302 High / Normal Overload P1M0 950 1150 1000 F12 / F13
kW @550 HP @575 kW @690 Frame Size P1M2 1000 1350 1200 F12 / F13
VAC VAC VAC P1M4 1100 1550 1400 F12 / F13
P630 500 / 560 650 / 750 630 / 710 F1 / F3
P710 560 / 670 750 / 950 710 / 800 F1 / F3 Table 1.7 12-Pulse FC 102FC 102 and FC 202 525-690 VAC
P800 670 / 750 950 / 1050 800 / 900 F1 / F3
P900 750 / 850 1050 / 1150 900 / 1000 F2 / F4
P1M0 850 / 1000 1150 / 1350 1000 / 1200 F2 / F4 525-690 VAC Power
P1M2 1000 / 1100 1350 / 1550 1200 / 1400 F2 / F4 Model FC 302 High / Normal Overload
kW @550 HP @575 kW @690 Frame Size
VAC VAC VAC
Table 1.4 FC 302 525-690 VAC
P355 300 / 355 400 / 450 355 / 450 F8 / F9
P400 315 / 400 450 / 500 400 / 500 F8 / F9
P500 400 / 450 500 / 600 500 / 560 F8 / F9
P560 450 / 500 600 / 650 560 / 630 F8 / F9
P630 500 / 560 650 / 750 630 / 710 F10 / F11
P710 560 / 670 750 / 950 710 / 800 F10 / F11
P800 670 / 750 950 / 1050 800 / 900 F10 / F11
P900 750 / 850 1050 / 1150 900 / 1000 F12 / F13
P1M0 850 / 1000 1150 / 1350 1000 / 1200 F12 / F13
P1M2 1000 / 1100 1350 / 1550 1200 / 1400 F12 / F13

Table 1.8 12-Pulse FC 302 525-690 VAC

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 7

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1
1.6 Ratings Tables
380-480 V &
380-500 V 525-690 V
DC Voltage Levels units units
Inrush Circuit Enabled 370 550
Inrush Circuit Disabled 395 570
Inverter Undervoltage Disable 373 553
Undervoltage Warning 410 585
Inverter Undervoltage Re-Enable
(warning reset) 413 602

Overvoltage Warning (w/o Brake) 817 1084

Dynamic Brake Turn-on 810 1099
Inverter Overvoltage Re-Enable
(warning reset) 821 1099
Overvoltage Warning (with Brake) 828 1109
Overvoltage Trip 855 1130

8 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Mains supply 3 x 380-480/500 V 1 1

FC 102FC
Model number 102/202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Normal overload current ratings (110 %):
Output current Nominal [A] (380-440 V) 880 990 1120 1260 1460 1720
MAX (60 sec) [A] (380-440 V) 968 1089 1232 1386 1606 1892
Nominal [A] (441-500 V) 780 890 1050 1160 1380 1530
MAX (60 sec) [A] (441-500 V) 858 979 1155 1276 1518 1683
Output Nominal [kVA] (400 V) 610 686 776 873 1012 1192
Nominal [kVA] (460 V) 621 709 837 924 1100 1219
Nominal [kVA] (500 V) 675 771 909 1005 1195 1325
Typical shaft output [kW] (400 V) 500 560 630 710 800 1000
[HP] (460 V) 650 750 900 1000 1200 1350
[kW] (500 V) 560 630 710 800 1000 1100
High overload torque (160 %):
Output current Nominal [A] (380-440 V) 800 880 990 1120 1260 1460
MAX (60 sec) [A] (380-440 V) 1200 1320 1485 1680 1890 2190
Nominal [A] (441-500 V) 730 780 890 1050 1160 1380
MAX (60 sec) [A] (441-500 V) 1095 1170 1335 1575 1740 2070
Output Nominal [kVA] (400 V) 554 610 686 776 873 1012
Nominal [kVA] (460 V) 582 621 709 837 924 1100
Nominal [kVA] (500 V) 632 675 771 909 1005 1195
Typical shaft output [kW] (400 V) 450 500 560 630 710 800
[HP] (460 V) 600 650 750 900 1000 1200
[kW] (500 V) 530 560 630 710 800 1000

400V Power loss Normal overload

[W] 10161 11822 12514 14671 17294 19280
400V Power loss High overload [W] 9031 10145 10649 12492 14244 15467
460V Power loss Normal overload[W] 8877 10424 11595 13215 16228 16625
460V Power loss High overload [W] 8211 8861 9416 11580 13003 14554
Limits and Ranges
Overcurrent Warning A rms Out 1866 1786 2342 2600 2679 3514
Overcurrent Alarm (1.5 sec delay) A rms Out 1866 1786 2342 2600 2679 3514
Earth (Ground) Fault Alarm A rms Out 400 440 495 560 630 730
Short Curcuit Alarm A rms Out 2256 2256 2974 3308 3384 4462
Heatsink Over Temperature ° C 95 95 95 95 95 95
Heatsink Under Temperature
Warning ° C 0 0 0 0 0 0
Power Card Ambient Over
Temperature ° C 68 68 68 68 68 68
Power Card Ambient Under
Temperature ° C -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20
Mains Phase Warning (5 sec delay) DC Bus Ripple Vpeak 30 30 30 30 30 30
Mains Phase Alarm (25 sec delay) DC Bus Ripple Vpeak 30 30 30 30 30 30

Table 1.9 T4/T5

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 9

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 Mains supply 3 x 525 - 690 V

Model number FC 102FC
102/202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Normal overload current ratings (110 %):
Output current Nominal [A] (525-550 V) 763 889 988 1108 1317 1479
MAX (60 sec) [A] (525-550 V) 839 978 1087 1219 1449 1627
Nominal [A] (551-690 V) 730 850 945 1060 1260 1415
MAX (60 sec) [A] (551-690 V) 803 935 1040 1166 1386 1557
Output Nominal [kVA] (550 V) 727 847 941 1056 1255 1409
Nominal [kVA] (575 V) 727 847 941 1056 1255 1409
Nominal [kVA] (690 V) 872 1016 1129 1267 1506 1691
Typical shaft output [kW] (550 V) 560 670 750 850 1000 1100
[HP] (575 V) 750 950 1050 1150 1350 1550
[kW] (690 V) 710 800 900 1000 1200 1400
High overload torque (160 %):
Output current Nominal [A] (525-550 V) 659 763 889 988 1108 1317
MAX (60 sec) [A] (525-550 V) 989 1145 1334 1482 1662 1976
Nominal [A] (551-690 V) 630 730 850 945 1060 1260
MAX (60 sec) [A] (551-690 V) 945 1095 1275 1418 1590 1890
Output Nominal [kVA] (550 V) 628 727 847 941 1056 1255
Nominal [kVA] (575 V) 627 727 847 941 1056 1255
Nominal [kVA] (690 V) 753 872 1016 1129 1267 1506
Typical shaft output [kW] (550 V) 500 560 670 750 850 1000
[HP] (575 V) 650 750 950 1050 1150 1350
[kW] (690 V) 630 710 800 900 1000 1200
600V Power loss Normal
overload [W] 8933 10310 11692 12909 15358 17602
600V Power loss High
overload [W] 7586 8683 10298 11329 12570 15258
690V Power loss Normal
overload [W] 9212 10659 12080 13305 15865 18173
690V Power loss High
overload [W] 7826 8983 10646 11681 12997 15763
Limits and Ranges
Overcurrent Warning A rms Out 1648 1977 2336 2471 2965 3505
Overcurrent Alarm (1.5
sec delay) A rms Out 1648 1977 2336 2471 2965 3505
Earth (Ground) Fault
Alarm A rms Out 330 382 445 494 554 659
Short Curcuit Alarm A rms Out 2094 2510 2980 3140 3766 4470
Heatsink Over
Temperature ° C 95 105 95 95 105 95
Heatsink Under
Temperature Warning °
C 0 0 0 0 0 0
Power Card Ambient
Over Temperature ° C 68 68 68 68 68 68
Power Card Ambient
Under Temperature ° C -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20
Mains Phase Warning (5
sec delay) DC Bus Ripple Vpeak 50 50 50 50 50 50
Mains Phase Alarm (25
sec delay) DC Bus Ripple Vpeak 50 50 50 50 50 50

Table 1.10 T7

10 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1.7 12-Pulse Ratings Tables 1 1

1.7.1 FC 100 and FC 200

1.7.1.1 Mains Supply 3 x 380 - 480/500 VAC

Mains Supply 6 x 380 - 500V AC
P315 P355 P400 P450
Typical Shaft output at 400 V [kW] 315 355 400 450
Typical Shaft output at 460 V [HP] 450 500 600 600
Typical Shaft output at 500 V [kW] 355 400 500 530
Enclosure IP21 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Enclosure IP54 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Output current
Continuous
600 648 745 800
(at 400 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
660 724 820 880
(at 400 V) [A]
Continuous
540 590 678 730
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
594 649 746 803
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
416 456 516 554
(at 400 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
430 470 540 582
(at 460 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
468 511 587 632
(at 500 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
590 647 733 787
(at 400 V ) [A]
Continuous
531 580 667 718
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Max. cable size, mains [mm 2
4x90 (3/0) 4x90 (3/0) 4x240 (500 mcm) 4x240 (500 mcm)
(AWG2))]
Max. cable size, motor [mm2 4x240 4x240 4x240 4x240
(AWG2))] (4x500 mcm) (4x500 mcm) (4x500 mcm) (4x500 mcm)
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185
(AWG2)) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 700
Estimated power loss
6790 7701 8879 9670
at 400 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
6082 6953 8089 8803
at 460 V [W]
Weight,enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg] 440/656
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0 - 600Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 95 °C
Power card ambient trip 68 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec, Normal overload = 110% torque during 60 sec.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 11

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 Mains Supply 6 x 380 - 500V AC

P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1000
Typical Shaft output at 400 V
500 560 630 710 800 1000
[kW]
Typical Shaft output at 460 V
650 750 900 1000 1200 1350
[HP]
Typical Shaft output at 500 V
560 630 710 800 1000 1100
[kW]
EnclosureIP21, 54 without/
F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
with options cabinet
Output current
Continuous
880 990 1120 1260 1460 1720
(at 400 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
968 1089 1232 1386 1606 1892
(at 400 V) [A]
Continuous
780 890 1050 1160 1380 1530
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
858 979 1155 1276 1518 1683
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
610 686 776 873 1012 1192
(at 400 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
621 709 837 924 1100 1219
(at 460 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
675 771 909 1005 1195 1325
(at 500 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
857 964 1090 1227 1422 1675
(at 400 V ) [A]
Continuous (at 460/ 500 V) [A] 759 867 1022 1129 1344 1490
Max. cable size,motor [mm2 8x150 12x150
(AWG2))] (8x300 mcm) (12x300 mcm)
Max. cable size,mains [mm2 6x120
(AWG2))] (6x250 mcm)
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 4x185 6x185
(AWG2)) (4x350 mcm) (6x350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 900 1500
Estimated power loss
10647 12338 13201 15436 18084 20358
at 400 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
9414 11006 12353 14041 17137 17752
at 460 V [W]
F9/F11/F13 max. added losses
A1 RFI, CB or Disconnect, & 963 1054 1093 1230 2280 2541
contactor F9/F11/F13
Max. panel options losses 400
Weight,
1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1246/ 1541 1246/ 1541
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Weight Rectifier Module [kg] 102 102 102 102 136 136
Weight Inverter Module [kg] 102 102 102 136 102 102
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0-600 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 95 °C
Power card ambient trip 68 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110% torque during 60 sec.

12 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1.7.1.2 Mains Supply 3 x 525 - 690 VAC 1 1

Mains Supply 3 x 525- 690V AC
P450 P500 P560 P630
Typical Shaft output at 550 V [kW] 355 400 450 500
Typical Shaft output at 575 V [HP] 450 500 600 650
Typical Shaft output at 690 V [kW] 450 500 560 630
Enclosure IP21 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Enclosure IP54 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Output current
Continuous
470 523 596 630
(at 550 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
517 575 656 693
(at 550 V) [A]
Continuous
450 500 570 630
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
495 550 627 693
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
448 498 568 600
(at 550 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
448 498 568 627
(at 575 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
538 598 681 753
(at 690 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
453 504 574 607
(at 550 V ) [A]
Continuous
434 482 549 607
(at 575 V) [A]
Continuous
434 482 549 607
(at 690 V) [A]
Max. cable size, mains [mm 2
4x85 (3/0)
(AWG)]
Max. cable size, motor [mm2
4 x 250 (500 mcm)
(AWG)]
Max. cable size, brake [mm 2 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185
(AWG)] (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 630
Estimated power loss
6132 6903 8343 9244
at 600 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
6449 7249 8727 9673
at 690 V [W] 4)
Weight,
440/656
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0 - 500 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 85 °C
Power card ambient trip 68 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec, Normal overload = 110% torque during 60 sec.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 13

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 Mains Supply 3 x 525- 690V AC

P710 P800 P900
Typical Shaft output at 550 V [kW] 560 670 750
Typical Shaft output at 575 V [HP] 750 950 1050
Typical Shaft output at 690 V [kW] 710 800 900
Enclosure IP21, 54 without/ with options
F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11
cabinet
Output current
Continuous
763 889 988
(at 550 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
839 978 1087
(at 550 V) [A]
Continuous
730 850 945
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
803 935 1040
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
727 847 941
(at 550 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
872 1016 1129
(at 690 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
743 866 962
(at 550 V ) [A]
Continuous
711 828 920
(at 575 V) [A]
Continuous
711 828 920
(at 690 V) [A]
8x150
Max. cable size, motor [mm2 (AWG2))]
(8x300 mcm)
6x120
Max. cable size,mains [mm2 (AWG2))]
(6x250 mcm)
4x185
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 (AWG2))
(4x350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 900
Estimated power loss
10771 12272 13835
at 600 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
11315 12903 14533
at 690V [W] 4)
F3/F4 Max added losses CB or Disconnect &
427 532 615
Contactor
Max panel options losses 400
Weight,
1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Weight, Rectifier Module [kg] 102 102 102
Weight, Inverter Module [kg] 102 102 136
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0-500 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 85 °C
Power card ambient trip 68 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110% torque during 60 sec.

14 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Mains Supply 3 x 525- 690V AC

P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
1 1
Typical Shaft output at 550 V [kW] 850 1000 1100
Typical Shaft output at 575 V [HP] 1150 1350 1550
Typical Shaft output at 690 V [kW] 1000 1200 1400
Enclosure IP21, 54 without/ with options
F12/F13 F12/F13 F12/F13
cabinet
Output current
Continuous
1108 1317 1479
(at 550 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
1219 1449 1627
(at 550 V) [A]
Continuous
1060 1260 1415
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
1166 1386 1557
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
1056 1255 1409
(at 550 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
1267 1506 1691
(at 690 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
1079 1282 1440
(at 550 V ) [A]
Continuous
1032 1227 1378
(at 575 V) [A]
Continuous
1032 1227 1378
(at 690 V) [A]
12x150
Max. cable size, motor [mm2 (AWG2))]
(12x300 mcm)
8x240
Max. cable size,mains F12 [mm2 (AWG2))]
(8x500 mcm)
8x400
Max. cable size,mains F13 [mm2 (AWG2))]
(8x900 mcm)
6x185
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 (AWG2))
(6x350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 1600 2000 2500
Estimated power loss
15592 18281 20825
at 600 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
16375 19207 21857
at 690V [W] 4)
F3/F4 Max added losses CB or Disconnect &
665 863 1044
Contactor
Max panel options losses 400
Weight,
1246/ 1541 1246/ 1541 1280/1575
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Weight, Rectifier Module [kg] 136 136 136
Weight, Inverter Module [kg] 102 102 136
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0-500 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 85 °C
Power card ambient trip 68 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110% torque during 60 sec.

1) For type of fuse see section Fuses.

2) American Wire Gauge.
3) Measured using 5 m screened motor cables at rated load and rated frequency.
4) The typical power loss is at nominal load conditions and expected to be within +/-15% (tolerence relates to
variety in voltage and cable conditions).
Values are based on a typical motor efficiency (eff2/eff3 border line).frequency converter
If the switching frequency is increased compared to the default setting, the power losses may rise significantly.
LCP and typical control card power consumptions are included. Further options and customer load may add up to
30W to the losses. (Though typical only 4W extra for a fully loaded control card, or options for slot A or slot B,
each).
Although measurements are made with state of the art equipment, some measurement inaccuracy must be
allowed for (+/-5%).

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 15

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1.7.2 FC 300

1.7.2.1 Mains Supply 3 x 380 - 480/500 VAC

Mains Supply 6 x 380 - 500V AC, 12-Pulse
FC 302 P250 P315 P355 P400
High/ Normal Load* HO NO HO NO HO NO HO NO
Typical Shaft output at 400 V [kW] 250 315 315 355 355 400 400 450
Typical Shaft output at 460 V [HP] 350 450 450 500 500 600 550 600
Typical Shaft output at 500V [kW] 315 355 355 400 400 500 500 530
Enclosure IP21 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Enclosure IP54 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Output current
Continuous
480 600 600 658 658 745 695 800
(at 400V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
720 660 900 724 987 820 1043 880
(at 400 V) [A]
Continuous
443 540 540 590 590 678 678 730
(at 460/ 500V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
665 594 810 649 885 746 1017 803
(at 460/ 500V) [A]
Continuous KVA
333 416 416 456 456 516 482 554
(at 40 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
353 430 430 470 470 540 540 582
(at 460 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
384 468 468 511 511 587 587 632
(at 500V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
472 590 590 647 647 733 684 787
(at 400 V ) [A]
Continuous
436 531 531 580 580 667 667 718
(at 460/ 500V) [A]
Max. cable size, mains [mm2
4x90 (3/0) 4x90 (3/0) 4x240 (500 mcm) 4x240 (500 mcm)
(AWG2))]
Max. cable size, motor [mm 2 4x240 4x240 4x240 4x240
(AWG2))] (4x500 mcm) (4x500 mcm) (4x500 mcm) (4x500 mcm)
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185
(AWG2)) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 700
Estimated power loss
5164 6790 6960 7701 7691 8879 8178 9670
at 400 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
4822 6082 6345 6953 6944 8089 8085 8803
at 460 V [W]
Weight,enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg] 440/656
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0 - 60 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 95° C
Power card ambient trip 75° C
* High overload = 160 % torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110 % torque during 60 sec.

16 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Mains Supply 6 x 380 - 500 VAC, 12-Pulse

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
1 1
High/ Normal Load * HO NO HO NO HO NO HO NO HO NO HO NO
Typical Shaft output at 400 V
450 500 500 560 560 630 630 710 710 800 800 1000
[kW]
Typical Shaft output at 460 V
600 650 650 750 750 900 900 1000 1000 1200 1200 1350
[HP]
Typical Shaft output at 500 V
530 560 560 630 630 710 710 800 800 1000 1000 1100
[kW]
EnclosureIP21, 54 without/
F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
with options cabinet
Output current
Continuous
800 880 880 990 990 1120 1120 1260 1260 1460 1460 1720
(at 400 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
1200 968 1320 1089 1485 1232 1680 1386 1890 1606 2190 1892
(at 400 V) [A]
Continuous
730 780 780 890 890 1050 1050 1160 1160 1380 1380 1530
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
1095 858 1170 979 1335 1155 1575 1276 1740 1518 2070 1683
(at 460/ 500 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
554 610 610 686 686 776 776 873 873 1012 1012 1192
(at 400 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
582 621 621 709 709 837 837 924 924 1100 1100 1219
(at 460 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
632 675 675 771 771 909 909 1005 1005 1195 1195 1325
(at 500 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
779 857 857 964 964 1090 1090 1227 1227 1422 1422 1675
(at 400 V) [A]
Continuous (at 460/ 500 V) [A] 711 759 759 867 867 1022 1022 1129 1129 1344 1344 1490
Max. cable size,motor [mm2 8x150 12x150
(AWG2))] (8x300 mcm) (12x300 mcm)
Max. cable size,mains [mm2 6x120
(AWG2))] (6x250 mcm)
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 4x185 6x185
(AWG2)) (4x350 mcm) (6x350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 900 1500
Estimated power loss
9492 10647 10631 12338 11263 13201 13172 15436 14967 18084 16392 20358
at 400 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
8730 9414 9398 11006 10063 12353 12332 14041 13819 17137 15577 17752
at 460 V [W]
F9/F11/F13 max. added losses
A1 RFI, CB or Disconnect, & 893 963 951 1054 978 1093 1092 1230 2067 2280 2236 2541
contactor F9/F11/F13
Max. panel options losses 400
Weight,
1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1246/ 1541 1246/ 1541
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Weight Rectifier Module [kg] 102 102 102 102 136 136
Weight Inverter Module [kg] 102 102 102 136 102 102
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0-600 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 95 °C
Power card ambient trip 75 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110 % torque during 60 sec.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 17

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1.7.2.2 Mains Supply 3 x 525 -690 VAC

Mains Supply 6 x 525- 690 VAC, 12-Pulse
FC 302 P355 P400 P500 P560
High/ Normal Load HO NO HO NO HO NO HO NO
Typical Shaft output at 550 V [kW] 315 355 315 400 400 450 450 500
Typical Shaft output at 575 V [HP] 400 450 400 500 500 600 600 650
Typical Shaft output at 690 V [kW] 355 450 400 500 500 560 560 630
Enclosure IP21 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Enclosure IP54 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9
Output current
Continuous
395 470 429 523 523 596 596 630
(at 550 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
593 517 644 575 785 656 894 693
(at 550 V) [A]
Continuous
380 450 410 500 500 570 570 630
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
570 495 615 550 750 627 855 693
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
376 448 409 498 498 568 568 600
(at 550 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
378 448 408 498 498 568 568 627
(at 575 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
454 538 490 598 598 681 681 753
(at 690 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
381 453 413 504 504 574 574 607
(at 550 V ) [A]
Continuous
366 434 395 482 482 549 549 607
(at 575 V) [A]
Continuous
366 434 395 482 482 549 549 607
(at 690 V) [A]
Max. cable size, mains [mm 2
4x85 (3/0)
(AWG)]
Max. cable size, motor [mm2
4 x 250 (500 mcm)
(AWG)]
Max. cable size, brake [mm 2 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 185
(AWG)] (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm) (2 x 350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 630
Estimated power loss
5107 6132 5538 6903 7336 8343 8331 9244
at 600 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
5383 6449 5818 7249 7671 8727 8715 9673
at 690 V [W] 4)
Weight,
440/656
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0 - 500 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 85 °C
Power card ambient trip 75 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110 % torque during 60 sec.

18 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Mains Supply 6 x 525- 690 VAC, 12-Pulse

FC 302 P630 P710 P800
1 1
High/ Normal Load HO NO HO NO HO NO
Typical Shaft output at 550 V [kW] 500 560 560 670 670 750
Typical Shaft output at 575 V [HP] 650 750 750 950 950 1050
Typical Shaft output at 690 V [kW] 630 710 710 800 800 900
Enclosure IP21, 54 without/ with options
F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11
cabinet
Output current
Continuous
659 763 763 889 889 988
(at 550 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
989 839 1145 978 1334 1087
(at 550 V) [A]
Continuous
630 730 730 850 850 945
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
945 803 1095 935 1275 1040
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
628 727 727 847 847 941
(at 550 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
627 727 727 847 847 941
(at 575 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
753 872 872 1016 1016 1129
(at 690 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
642 743 743 866 866 962
(at 550 V ) [A]
Continuous
613 711 711 828 828 920
(at 575 V) [A]
Continuous
613 711 711 828 828 920
(at 690 V) [A]
8x150
Max. cable size, motor [mm2 (AWG2))]
(8x300 mcm)
6x120
Max. cable size,mains [mm2 (AWG2))]
(6x250 mcm)
4x185
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 (AWG2))
(4x350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 900
Estimated power loss
9201 10771 10416 12272 12260 13835
at 600 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
9674 11315 10965 12903 12890 14533
at 690 V [W] 4)
F3/F4 Max added losses CB or Disconnect &
342 427 419 532 519 615
Contactor
Max panel options losses 400
Weight,
1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299 1004/ 1299
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Weight, Rectifier Module [kg] 102 102 102
Weight, Inverter Module [kg] 102 102 136
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0-50 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 85 °C
Power card ambient trip 75 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 s, Normal overload = 110 % torque during 60 s

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 19

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 Mains Supply 6 x 525- 690 VAC, 12-Pulse

FC 302 P900 P1M0 P1M2
High/ Normal Load* HO NO HO NO HO NO
Typical Shaft output at 550 V [kW] 750 850 850 1000 1000 1100
Typical Shaft output at 575 V [HP] 1050 1150 1150 1350 1350 1550
Typical Shaft output at 690 V [kW] 900 1000 1000 1200 1200 1400
Enclosure IP21, 54 without/ with options
F12/F13 F12/F13 F12/F13
cabinet
Output current
Continuous
988 1108 1108 1317 1317 1479
(at 550 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
1482 1219 1662 1449 1976 1627
(at 550 V) [A]
Continuous
945 1060 1060 1260 1260 1415
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Intermittent (60 sec overload)
1418 1166 1590 1386 1890 1557
(at 575/ 690 V) [A]
Continuous KVA
941 1056 1056 1255 1255 1409
(at 550 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
941 1056 1056 1255 1255 1409
(at 575 V) [KVA]
Continuous KVA
1129 1267 1267 1506 1506 1691
(at 690 V) [KVA]
Max. input current
Continuous
962 1079 1079 1282 1282 1440
(at 550 V ) [A]
Continuous
920 1032 1032 1227 1227 1378
(at 575 V) [A]
Continuous
920 1032 1032 1227 1227 1378
(at 690 V) [A]
12x150
Max. cable size, motor [mm2 (AWG2))]
(12x300 mcm)
8x240
Max. cable size,mains F12 [mm2 (AWG2))]
(8x500 mcm)
8x400
Max. cable size,mains F13 [mm2 (AWG2))]
(8x900 mcm)
6x185
Max. cable size, brake [mm2 (AWG2))
(6x350 mcm)
Max. external mains fuses [A] 1 1600 2000 2500
Estimated power loss
13755 15592 15107 18281 18181 20825
at 600 V [W] 4)
Estimated power loss
14457 16375 15899 19207 19105 21857
at 690 V [W] 4)
F3/F4 Max added losses CB or Disconnect &
556 665 634 863 861 1044
Contactor
Max panel options losses 400
Weight,
1246/ 1541 1246/ 1541 1280/1575
enclosure IP21, IP 54 [kg]
Weight, Rectifier Module [kg] 136 136 136
Weight, Inverter Module [kg] 102 102 136
Efficiency4) 0.98
Output frequency 0-500 Hz
Heatsink overtemp. trip 85 °C
Power card ambient trip 75 °C
* High overload = 160% torque during 60 sec., Normal overload = 110 % torque during 60 sec.

1) For type of fuse see section Fuses.

2) American Wire Gauge.
3) Measured using 5 m screened motor cables at rated load and rated frequency.
4) The typical power loss is at nominal load conditions and expected to be within +/-15% (tolerence relates to
variety in voltage and cable conditions).
Values are based on a typical motor efficiency (eff2/eff3 border line). Motors with lower efficiency will also add to
the power loss in the frequency converter and opposite.
If the switching frequency is increased compared to the default setting, the power losses may rise significantly.
LCP and typical control card power consumptions are included. Further options and customer load may add up to
30W to the losses. (Though typical only 4W extra for a fully loaded control card, or options for slot A or slot B,
each).
Although measurements are made with state of the art equipment, some measurement inaccuracy must be
allowed for (+/-5%).

20 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1
1.8 Optional Components 1.9 Tools Required
1.8.1 Optional F-frame components Operating Instructions for the FC Series Frequency
converter
Units are manufactured in different configurations due to
the optional components available. Depending on the unit Metric socket set 7–19 mm
configuration, optional equipment may be mounted in the Socket extensions 100 mm – 150 mm (4 in and 6 in)
inverter, rectifier or option cabinet. The table below lists Torx driver set T10 - T50
the components available and the cabinet where it is Torque wrench 0.675–19 Nm (6–170 in-lbs)
factory installed. Needle nose pliers
Magnetic sockets
Optional Component Cabinet Location Ratchet
Mains Options Screwdrivers Standard and Philips
AC fuse Rectifier or inverter
Disconnect Option Additional Tools Recommended for Testing
Circuit breaker Option
Contactor Option Digital volt/ohmmeter (must be rated for 1200 VDC for 690 V units)
Analog voltmeter
A1 RFI filter Option Oscilloscope
Load share Rectifier Clamp-on style ammeter
Test cable p/n 176F8439
Regen connection Inverter
Signal test board p/n 176F8437
Enclosure Options
Door interlocks (requires circuit All
breaker or disconnect)
Cabinet lights and power outlet Mounted between rectifier
and inverter cabinets
Space heater and thermostat Mounted between rectifier
and inverter cabinets
Control Options
NAMUR terminals Inverter
Manual motor starter Rectifier
30 amp fused circuit Rectifier
24 VDC power supply Rectifier
Monitoring Options
Residual current monitor Option
Insulation resistance monitor Option
Motor temperature monitor Inverter
Pilz safety relay Inverter

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 21

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1.10 General Torque Tightening Values

For fastening hardware described in this manual, the torque values in the table below are used. These values are not
intended for SCR, diode, or IGBT fasteners. See the instructions included with those replacement parts for correct values.

Shaft Size Driver Size Torx / Hex Torque (in-lbs) Torque (Nm)
M4 T-20 / 7 mm 10 1.0
M5 T-25 / 8 mm 20 2.3
M6 T-30 / 10 mm 35 4.0
M8 T-40 / 13 mm 85 9.6
M10 T-50 / 17 mm 170 19.2

Table 1.11 Torque Values Table

DC Voltage Levels
380-480 and 380-500 units 525-690 units
Inrush Circuit Enabled 370 VDC 548 VDC
Inrush Circuit Disabled 395 VDC 600 VDC
Inverter Under Voltage Disable 402 VDC 553 VDC
Under Voltage Warning 423 VDC 585 VDC
Inverter Under Voltage Re-Enable (warning reset) 442 VDC 602 VDC

Over Voltage Warning (without brake) 817 VDC 1084 VDC

Dynamic Brake Turn On 810 VDC 1099 VDC
Inverter Over Voltage Re-Enable (warning reset) 821 VDC 1099 VDC
Over Voltage Warning (with brake) 828 VDC 1109 VDC
Over Voltage Trip 855 VDC 1130 VDC

22 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1.11 Exploded Views 1 1

1

4
16

14 15
9

13

12
11
10
Illustration 1.1 F-frame Frequency converter Inverter Cabinet F1/F3

Inverter cabinet exploded view (cabinet with 2 inverter modules shown). Units with 3 inverter modules are similar.

1 DC link inductor 9 Module heatsink fan

2 Fan transformer 10 Fan door cover
3 (-) DC bus bar 11 (Optional) brake output bus bar
4 (+) DC bus bar 12 Motor output bus bar
5 Mounting bracket 13 SMPS fuse and fan fuse
6 DC Fuse 14 Control card
7 Panel connectors 15 MDCIC board
8 Inverter module 16 Top cover plate

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 23

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1

3
4
5

12

7
11

10
8

Illustration 1.2 F-frame Inverter Module

1 Right side cover plate 7 High frequency board

2 Inverter power card 8 IGBT module
3 Panel connectors 9 Current sensor
4 SMPS fuse and fan fuse 10 Fan assembly
5 Upper capacitor bank assembly 11 Lower capacitor bank assembly
6 DC bus fuses (not included in F8/F9) 12 Gate driver card

24 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1
1

3
12

4
11

5
10
6

8
7
Illustration 1.3 F-frame and 12-Pulse Rectifier Cabinet

NOTE
Note that the rectifier cabinet for the F-frame frequency
converter and 12-pulse frequency converter are identical,
expect that the 12-pulse F8/F9 models do not contain DC
bus fuses.

1 Rectifier module 7 Module lifting eye bolts (mounted on vertical strut)

2 DC bus bar 8 Module heatsink fan
3 SMPS fuse 9 Fan door cover
4 (Optional) back AC fuse mounting bracket (T) 10 SMPS fuse
5 (Optional) middle AC fuse mounting bracket (S) 11 Power card
6 (Optional) front AC fuse mounting bracket (R) 12 Panel connectors

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 25

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1

130BX335.10
2

3
4

5
6

7
8
9

12

11

10

Illustration 1.4 F-frame Rectifier Module

1 Rectifier module cover plate 7 Soft charge cards

2 Power card 8 Soft charge card mounting plate
3 Panel connectors 9 SCR module
4 SMPS fuse 10 Fan assembly
5 Power card mounting plate flange 11 Diode module
6 Power card mounting plate 12 Soft charge resistor

26 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1

130BX334.11
1

Illustration 1.5 F-frame Options Cabinet

1 Contactor 4 Circuit breaker or disconnect

2 RFI filter 5 AC mains/line fuses
3 Mains AC power input terminals

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 27

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1

130BB532.10
10 9

1
7

4
3

Illustration 1.6 12-Pulse Frequency converter F8/F9

1 12-pulse rectifier module 6 Brake terminals 81 (-R), 82 (+R)

2 Earth (ground) PE terminals 7 12- pulse inverter module
3 Mains input L11, L21, L31 8 SCR enable/disable
4 Mains input L21, L22, L32 9 Relay 1 (01, 02, 03), relay 2 (04, 05, 06)
5 Motor connection 96 (U), 97 (V), 98 (W) 10 Auxiliary fan (104, 106)

28 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1

130BX420.10
2

8
4

Illustration 1.7 12-Pulse Rectifier Module F8/F9

1 MPIC card 5 Diode

2 Rectifier module cover plate 6 SCR
3 Power card 7 Fan assembly
4 Soft charge resistor 8 Soft charge card

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 29

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1

130BB755.10
2

Illustration 1.8 12-Pulse Rectifier Cabinet, F10 - F13

WARNING
Note that both 12-pulse F10/F11 and F12/F13 units have
the rectifier cabinet shown containing two rectifier
modules. The F10/F11 units have in addition two inverter
modules while the F12/F13 models have in addition three
inverter modules.

1 12-pulse rectifier module 4 Mains input L11, L21, L31, L21, L22, L32
2 AUX fan (100, 101, 102, 103) 5 BC bus connections for common DC bus (DC+, DC-)
3 Line fuses 6 BC bus connections for common DC bus (DC+, DC-)

30 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1
2

130BX421.10
3

Illustration 1.9 12-Pulse Rectifier Module F10 - F13

1 Transformer 5 Diode
2 Rectifier module cover plate 6 SCR
3 Power card 7 Fan assembly
4 Soft charge resistor 8 Soft charge card

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 31

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1 1 2

130BA861.10
3

4, 8, 9

Illustration 1.10 12-Pulse Inverter Cabinet F10/F11

1 External temperature monitoring 6 Motor connection 96 (U), 97 (V), 98 (W)

2 Relay 1 (01, 02, 03), relay 2 (04, 05, 06) 7 NAMUR fuses
3 NAMUR 8 Fan fuses
4 AUX Fan (100, 101, 102, 103) 9 SMPS fuses
5 Brake terminals 81 (-R), 82 (+R)

32 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 2 1 1

130BA862.12
3

4, 8, 9

FASTENER TORQUE: M10 19 Nm (14 FT-LB) FASTENER TORQUE: M10 19 Nm (14 FT-LB) FASTENER TORQUE: M10 19 Nm (14 FT-LB)
U/T1 96 V/T2 97 W/T3 98 U/T1 96 V/T2 97 W/T3 98 U/T1 96 V/T2 97 W/T3 98

Illustration 1.11 12-Pulse Inverter Cabinet F12/F13

1 External temperature monitoring 6 Motor connection 96 (U), 97 (V), 98 (W)

2 Relay 1 (01, 02, 03), relay 2 (04, 05, 06) 7 NAMUR fuses
3 NAMUR 8 Fan fuses
4 AUX Fan (100, 101, 102, 103) 9 SMPS fuses
5 Brake terminals 81 (-R), 82 (+R)

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 33

 Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 1

130BB699.10
1

CFD30J3

R/L1 91 S/L2 92 T/L3 93

5

R/L1 91 S/L2 92 T/L3 93

Illustration 1.12 12-Pulse Options Cabinet F8/F9

1 Pilz relay terminal 4 Safety relay coil fuse with PILS relay
2 RCD or IRM terminal 5 Line fuses
3 Mains input L11, L21, L31, L21, L22, L32 6 2 x 3-phase manual disconnect

34 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Introduction High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1
1 1

130BB700.10
4

3
3

Illustration 1.13 12-Pulse Options Cabinet F10 - F13

1 Pilz relay terminal 4 Safety relay coil fuse with PILS relay
2 RCD or IRM terminal 5 Line fuses
3 Mains input L11, L21, L31, L21, L22, L32 6 2 x 3-phase manual disconnect

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 35

 Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2 Operator Interface and Control

2 2
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Operating the Frequency Converter
Frequency converters are designed with self-diagnostic 2.2.1 Operation and Programming Through
circuitry to isolate fault conditions and activate display the LCP
messages which greatly simplify troubleshooting and
service. The operating status of the frequency converter is The combined display and keypad on the front of the unit
displayed in real-time. Virtually, every command given to is the local control panel (LCP). The LCP is the user
the frequency converter results in some indication on the interface to the controller.
local control panel LCP display. Fault logs are maintained
within the frequency converter for fault history. The LCP has several user functions: to start, stop, and
control motor speed when in local control along with
The frequency converter monitors supply and output displaying operational data, warnings and cautions, as well
voltages along with the operational condition of the motor as programming controller functions, and to manually
and load. When the frequency converter issues a warning reset the controller after a fault when auto-reset is inactive.
or alarm, it cannot be assumed that the fault lies within
the frequency converter itself. In fact, for most service calls,
2.2.2 Local Control Panel (LCP)
the fault condition will be found outside of the frequency
converter. Most of the warnings and alarms that the
The LCP is divided into four functional groups (see
frequency converter displays, are generated by response to
Illustration xxx):
faults outside of the frequency converter. This service
manual provides techniques and test procedures to help
isolate a fault condition whether in the frequency 1. LCD display area
converter or elsewhere. 2. Menu display keys for status options,
programming, and error message history
Familiarity with the information provided on the display is 3. Navigation keys for programming functions,
important. Additional diagnostic data can be accessed moving the display cursor, and speed control in
easily through the LCP. local operation (along with status indicator lights)
4. Operation mode keys and reset

36 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

130BA018.13

130BP062.10
Status 1 (1)
207RPM 5.25A 24.4 kW
1.1

Status 1(0) a
6.9 Hz
1.3
2 2
1234rpm 10,4A 43,5Hz
1.2
Auto Remote Running

1 b 2
43,5Hz
Illustration 2.2 LCP Display Area

Run OK c

2.2.4 Menu Keys

Quick Main Alarm
2 Status
Menu Menu Log
Menu keys are used for parameter set-up, toggling
through status display modes during normal operation,
and viewing fault log data.
Ca
ck

n
Ba

ce
l

130BP045.10
Quick Main Alarm
Status
Menu Menu Log
Info

3 On OK

Warn.
Status Press and hold the Status key to toggle between
Alarm status read-out displays in the LCP display area. Press
[Status] in any other display mode to return to the status
Hand Auto
display. Pressing [Status] plus [UP] or [DOWN] arrows
4 Off Reset
on on adjusts the display brightness.
Quick Menu Allows access to the most common functions
for initialising the controller.
Illustration 2.1 LCP
Main Menu Provides access to all programming
parameters. Press and hold the [Main Menu] key to access
any parameter by entering the parameter number.
2.2.3 Display Area Alarm Log Displays a list of the last five alarms. For
additional details about an alarm, select the alarm number
a. The top line shows controller status when in using the arrow keys and press [OK]. Details about the
status mode or two variables selected in frequency converter before it entered the alarm mode are
0-10 Active Set-up, such as direction of rotation or displayed.
active set-up
b. The motor values displayed are selected by 2.2.5 Navigation Keys
parameter choices in 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small,
0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small, 0-22 Display Line 1.3 Navigation keys are used for programming functions,
Small, 0-23 Display Line 2 Large, and 0-24 Display moving the display cursor, and speed control in local
Line 3 Large. Each value has dimension scaling. A controller operation. Controller status indicator lights are
flashing alarm or warning message replaces the also located in this area.
display in the case of a fault or pending fault
condition.
The operating variables shown in the figure are
motor speed (1.1), motor current (1.2), motor
power (1.3), and drive output frequency (2) in
large scale. Use the [INFO] key for definition of
the displayed operating variables.
c. Automatically generated mode and status
messages appear on this line.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 37

 Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

[Hand on] Starts or operates the motor in local control

130BT117.10
through the LCP. Use the up and down arrow keys to give

Ca
the motor a speed command. The key can be Enabled [1]
2 2
ck

n
ce
Ba

l
or Disabled [0] via 0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP.

NOTE
External stop signals activated by means of control signals

Info
On OK
or a serial bus will override a start command via the LCP.
Warm
The following control signals will still be available when
Alarm
[Hand on] is activated:

[Hand on] - [Off] - [Auto on] - [Reset] keys

Back Reverts to the previous step or list in the navigation
Coasting stop inverse (motor coasting to stop)
structure.
Cancel The last change or command will be cancelled, as Reversing
long as the display mode has not changed. Set-up select
Info Press [Info] for information about a command,
parameter, or function in any display mode. For example, Stop command from serial communication
in status mode, each display is defined. In menu mode, Quick stop
menu options are explained. Exit Info mode by pressing
DC brake
[Info], [Back], [Cancel], or [Status].
Navigation Arrow Keys The four navigation arrows are used Off Stops the connected motor. The key can be Enabled [1]
to move a cursor between the different items available in or Disabled [0] in 0-41 [Off] Key on LCP. If no external stop
menu or alarm log modes. For operation in Hand Mode, function is selected and the OFF key is inactive the motor
the up and down arrows regulate controller speed. can only be stopped by disconnecting the mains supply.
OK Used to select a highlighted parameter from a [Auto on] Enables the controller to be controlled via the
parameter list or to enable a parameter choice. control terminals and/or serial communication. A start
LED indicator lights The green ON LED is activated and signal applied on control terminals and/or the serial bus
display panel lit when the frequency converter receives will start the controller. The key can be Enabled [1] or
power from mains voltage, a DC bus terminal, or an Disabled [0] in 0-42 [Auto on] Key on LCP.
external 24 V supply.
When a pending fault condition is being approached, the NOTE
yellow warning light will come on and a text display An active HAND-OFF-AUTO signal via digital inputs has
appears in the display area. A fault condition causes the higher priority than the [Hand on] and [Auto on] control
alarm LED to flash red and a text display appears in the keys.
display area.
Reset This resets the controller after an alarm condition
WARNING has been cleared. For an alarm (trip), power must be
recycled to the controller before pressing the reset key.
Darkened LED lights on the LCP do not mean that the
The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] in 0-43 [Reset]
drive has no dangerous internal voltage. Do not assume
Key on LCP.
the unit contains no voltage when the indicator lights are
off.
2.2.7 Numeric Local Control Panel (NLCP)
2.2.6 Controller Operation Keys
See the Operating Instructions for instructions for using
the numeric LCP.
Operation keys for local or auto (remote) control are found
at the bottom of the LCP along with Off and Reset.
130BP046.10

Hand Auto
Off Reset
on on

38 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2.2.8 Tips and Tricks

130BB037.10
Status 1(1)
799RPM 7.83A 36.4kW

2 2
* For the majority of applications the Quick Menu, Quick Set-up 0.000
and Function Set-up provides the simplest and quickest access
53.2%
to all the typical parameters required.
* Whenever possible, performing an AMA will ensure best shaft
performance.
* Display contrast can be adjusted by pressing [Status] and [▲]
for a darker display or by pressing [Status] and [▼] for a Auto Remote Ramping
brighter display. Hand Local Stop
Off Running
* Under [Quick Menu] and [Changes Made], any parameter that Jogging
has been changed from factory settings is displayed. .
.
* Press and hold the [Main Menu] key for 3 seconds to access .
any parameter Stand by
* For service purposes, it is recommended to copy all of the a b c
parameters to the LCP, see 0-50 LCP Copy for further
information.

Table 2.1 Tips and tricks Operation Mode

NOTE Off The frequency converter is stopped. The FC does not

Exchanging or adding a new control card, power card, or react to any control signal until [Auto On] or [Hand On] on
option card -- or updating the card's software - requires a the LCP are pressed.
manual reinitialisation of the drive for proper operation.
[Auto On] The FC is started and stopped by external
To reinitialise the drive: commands via the control terminals and/or the serial
communication.
1. Disconnect from mains and wait until the display
turns off. [Hand On] The frequency converter is started from the LCP.
Only stop commands, alarm resets (Reset), reversing, DC
2. Press [Status] - [Main Menu] - [OK] at the same
brake, and set-up selection signals can be applied to the
time while power up
control terminals.
3. Release the keys after 5 s.
4. The frequency converter is now programmed Reference Site
according to default settings. Remote The Reference is given via external signals (analog
or digital), serial communication, or internal preset
2.3 Status Messages references.
Local The reference is given via the LCP.
Status messages appear in the bottom of the display - see
the example below. Operation Status
The left part of the status line indicates the active AC Brake
operation mode of the frequency converter. AC Brake was selected in 2-10 Brake Function. The motor is
The centre part of the status line indicates the references slowed down via the active down ramp and feeds the FC
site. with generative energy. The AC Brake over-magnetizes the
The last part of the status line gives the operation status, motor to achieve a controlled end of the active ramp.
e.g. Running, Stop or Stand by. AMA finish OK
Enable complete or reduced AMA was selected in
Other status messages may appear related to the software 1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA). The Automatic
version and frequency converter type. Motor Adaptation was carried out successfully.
AMA ready
Enable complete or reduced AMA was selected in
1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA). The Automatic
Motor Adaptation is ready to start. Press [Hand On] on the
LCP to start.
AMA running
Enable complete or reduced AMA was selected in
1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA). The AMA process
is in progress.
Braking

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 39

 Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

The brake chopper is in operation. Generative energy is 1. DC Brake is activated (OFF) in 2-03 DC Brake Cut
absorbed by the brake resistor. In Speed [RPM] and a Stop command (e.g. Stop
(inverse)) is active.
2 2 Braking max.
The brake chopper is in operation. The power limit for the 2. DC Brake (inverse) is selected as a function for a
brake resistor defined in 2-12 Brake Power Limit (kW) is digital input (parameter group 5-1*). The
reached. corresponding terminal is not active.
Bus Jog 1 3. The DC Brake is activated via serial communi-
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile. cation.
The Jog 1 function is activated via serial communication. DC Voltage U0
The motor is running with 8-90 Bus Jog 1 Speed. In 1-01 Motor Control Principle U/f and in 1-80 Function at
Bus Jog 2 Stop DC Voltage U0 is selected. A Stop command (e.g.
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile. Stop (inverse)) is activated. The voltage selected according
The Jog 2 function is activated via serial communication. to the 1-55 U/f Characteristic - U [0] (UF Characteristic –
The motor is running with 8-91 Bus Jog 2 Speed. U[V]) is applied to the motor.
Catch up Feedback high
The output frequency is corrected by the value set in In 4-57 Warning Feedback High, an upper feedback limit is
3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value. set. The sum of all active feedbacks is above the feedback
limit.
1. Catch up is selected as a function for a digital
input (parameter group 5-1*). The corresponding Feedback low
terminal is active. In 4-56 Warning Feedback Low, a lower feedback limit is set.
2. Catch up was activated via serial communication. The sum of all active feedbacks is below the feedback
limit.
Coast
Flying start
1. Coast inverse has been selected as a function for In 1-73 Flying Start, the Flying start function is activated.
a digital input (parameter group 5-1*). The The FC is testing if the connected motor is running with a
corresponding terminal (e.g. Terminal 27) is not speed that is in the adjusted speed range. The process was
connected. started by connecting a digital input (parameter group
2. Coast is on 0 on serial communication. 5-1*) programmed as Coast inverse or by connecting to
mains.
Control ready
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile. Freeze output
The FC needs the second part (e.g. 0x047F) of the two-part The remote reference is active and the momentarily given
start command via serial communication to allow starting. speed is saved.
Using a terminal is not possible. 1. Freeze output was selected as a function for a
Ctrl. Ramp-down digital input (Group 5-1*). The corresponding
A function with Ctrl. Ramp-down was selected in terminal is active. Speed control is only possible
14-10 Mains Failure. The Mains Voltage is below the value via the terminal functions Speed up and Speed
set in 14-11 Mains Voltage at Mains Fault. The FC ramps down.
down the motor using a controlled ramp down. 2. Hold ramp is activated via serial communication.
Current High Freeze output request
In 4-51 Warning Current High, a current limit is set. The A freeze output command has been given, but the motor
output current of the FC is above this limit. will remain stopped until a Run permissive signal is received
Current Low via a digital input.
In 4-50 Warning Current Low, a current limit is set. The Freeze Ref.
output current of the FC is below this limit. Freeze Ref. was chosen as a function for a digital input
DC Hold (parameter group 5-1*). The corresponding terminal is
The motor is driven with a permanent DC current, 2-00 DC controlled. The FC saves the actual reference. Changing the
Hold Current. DC hold is selected in 1-80 Function at Stop. A reference is now only possible via terminal functions Speed
Stop command (e.g. Stop (inverse)) is active. up and Speed down.

DC Stop Jog request

The motor is momentarily driven with a DC current, A JOG command has been given, but the motor will be
2-01 DC Brake Current, for a specified time, 2-02 DC Braking stopped until a Run permissive signal is received via a
Time. digital input.
Jogging

40 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

The motor is running with 3-19 Jog Speed [RPM]. Activation of protection mode can be restricted by
1. Jog was selected as function for a digital input adjusting the 14-26 Trip Delay at Inverter Fault.
(parameter group 5-1*). The corresponding
terminal (e.g. Terminal 29) is active.
QStop
The motor is stopped using a quick stop ramp 3-81 Quick 2 2
2. The Jog function is activated via the serial Stop Ramp Time.
communication. 1. Quick stop inverse was chosen as a function for a
3. The Jog function was selected as a reaction for a digital input (parameter group 5-1*). The
monitoring function (e.g. No signal). The corresponding terminal (e.g. Terminal 27) is not
monitoring function is active. active.

Kinetic backup 2. The Quick stop function was activated via serial
In 14-10 Mains Failure, a function was set as kinetic backup. communication.
The Mains Voltage is below the value set in 14-11 Mains Ramping
Voltage at Mains Fault. The FC is running the motor The motor is accelerating/decelerating using the active
momentarily with kinetic energy from the inertia of the Ramp Up/Down. The reference, a limit value or a standstill
load. is not yet reached.
Motor check (FC 100/200 only) Ref. high
In 1-80 Function at Stop, the function Motor check was In 4-55 Warning Reference High a reference high limit is set.
selected. A stop command (e.g. Stop inverse) is active. To The sum of all active references is above the reference
ensure that a motor is connected to the FC, a permanent limit.
test current is applied to the motor. Ref. low
Off1 In 4-54 Warning Reference Low a reference low limit is set.
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile. The sum of all active references is below the reference
The OFF 1 function is activated via serial communication. limit.
The motor is stopped via the ramp. Run on ref.
Off2 The FC is running in the reference range. The feedback
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile. value matches the set reference value.
The OFF 2 function is activated via serial communication. Run request (FC 100/200 only)
The output of the FC is disabled immediately and the A start command has been given, but the motor will be
motor coasted. stopped until a Run permissive signal is received via digital
Off3 input.
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile. Running
The OFF 3 function is activated via serial communication. The motor is driven by the FC, the ramping phase is done
The motor is stopped via the ramp. and the motor revolutions are outside the On Reference
OVC control range. Occurs when one of the motor speed limits (Par.
Overvoltage Control is activated in 2-17 Over-voltage 4-11/4-12/4-13 or 4-14) is set, but the maximum reference
Control. The connected motor is supplying the FC with is outside this range.
generative energy. The Overvoltage Control adjusts the UF Sleep Boost (FC 100/200 only)
ratio to run the motor in controlled mode and to prevent The boost function in 22-45 Setpoint Boost is enabled. This
the FC from tripping. function is only possible in Closed loop operation.
PowerUnit Off Sleep Mode (FC 100/200)
Only with frequency converters with installed option (ext.
The energy saving function in parameter 403Sleep mode
24 V supply). The mains supply to the frequency converter
timer is enabled. This means that at present the motor has
is cut off, but the control card is still supplied with 24 V.
stopped, but that it will restart automatically when
Pre-magnetize required.
Pre-magnetization is selected in 1-80 Function at Stop. A
Speed down
stop command (e.g. Stop inverse) is activated. A suitable
The output frequency is corrected by the value set in
constant magnetizing current is applied to the motor.
3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value.
Protection md
1. Speed down was selected as a function for a
The FC 100/200/300 has detected a critical status (e.g. an
digital input (parameter group 5-1*). The
overcurrent, overvoltage). To avoid tripping the frequency
corresponding terminal is active.
converter (alarm), protection mode is activated, which
includes reducing the switching frequency to 4 kHz. If 2. Speed down was activated via serial communi-
possible, protection mode ends after approximately 10 s. cation.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 41

 Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Speed high
In 4-53 Warning Speed High, a value is set. The speed of the
motor is above this value.
2.4 Service Functions
2 2 Speed low Service information for the frequency converter can be
In 4-52 Warning Speed Low, a value is set. The speed of the shown on display lines 3 and 4. Included in the data are
motor is below this value. counters that tabulate operating hours, power ups and
trips; fault logs that store frequency converter status values
Standby
present at the 20 most recent events that stopped the
[Auto on] The FC starts the motor using a start signal in a
frequency converter and frequency converter nameplate
digital input (if the parameter is programmed accordingly)
data. The service information is accessed by displaying
or via serial communication.
items in the frequency converter's 15-** parameter group.
Start delay
In 1-71 Start Delay, the delay of the starting time was set. A
Start command was activated and the delay time is still
running. The motor will start after the delay time has
expired.
Start fwd/rev
Enable start forward and Enable start reverse were selected
as functions for two different digital inputs (parameter
group 5-1*). To start the motor, a direction dependent
start signal has to be given and the corresponding
terminal has to be active.
Start inhibit
PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile.
The start inhibition is active. The FC needs the first part Parameter settings are displayed by pressing the [Main
(e.g. 0x047E) of the two-part start command via serial Menu] key on the LCP.
communication to allow starting. See also operation status
control ready.

130BP045.10
Quick Main Alarm
Status
Stop Menu Menu Log

[Off] was pressed on the LCP or Stop inverse was selected

as a function for a digital input (Group 5-1*). The
corresponding terminal is not active. Use the arrow keys [▲], [▼], [►] and [◄] on the LCP to scroll
Trip through parameters.
An alarm occurred. It is possible, provided the cause of the
alarm is cleared, to reset the alarm via a Reset signal
130BA027.10

([Reset] key on the LCP, a control terminal or serial

Quick Main Alarm
communication). Status Menu Menu Log

Trip lock
A serious alarm occurred. It is possible, provided the cause
of the alarm was cleared, to reset the alarm after the
Ca
ck

n
Ba

ce

mains have been switched off and on again. This can be

l

done via a reset signal ([Reset] on the LCP, a control

terminal or serial communication).
Info

OK
Unit/Drive not ready On

PROFIDrive profile was selected in 8-10 Control Word Profile.

Warn.
A control word is sent to the FC via serial communication
with Off 1, Off 2 and Off 3 active. Start inhibit is active. To Alarm
enable start, see operation status Start inhibit.
Hand Auto
Off on Reset
on

See the FC Series Programming Guide for detailed

information on accessing and displaying parameters and

42 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

for descriptions and procedures for service information

130BA012.11
available in the 15-** parameter group.

2.5 Frequency Converter Inputs and

2 2
Outputs
The frequency converter operates by receiving control 55
3
54
input signals. The frequency converter can also output 53
50
42
status data or control auxiliary devices. Control input is 39
connected to the frequency converter in three possible
37
ways. One way for frequency converter control is through 69 20
68
61 33
the LCP on the front of the frequency converter when 4 32
29
27
operating in local (hand) mode. These inputs include start, 19
2 18
stop, reset, and speed reference. 13
12

1
Another control source is through serial communication
from a serial bus. A serial communication protocol supplies
commands and references to the frequency converter, can
program the frequency converter, and reads status data Illustration 2.3 Control Terminals
from the frequency converter. The serial bus connects to
the frequency converter through the RS-485 serial port or
through a communication option card.
2.5.1 Input signals
The third way is through signal wiring connected to the
The frequency converter can receive two types of remote
frequency converter control terminals (see illustration
input signals: digital or analog. Digital inputs are wired to
below). The frequency converter control terminals are
terminals 18, 19, 20 (common), 27, 29, 32, and 33. Analog
located below the frequency converter LCP. Improperly
or digital inputs are wired to terminals 53 or 54 and 55
connected control wiring can be the cause of a motor not
(common). The terminal functions are set by a switch
operating or the frequency converter not responding to a
found by removing the LCP. Some options may include
remote input.
additional terminals.

Terminal Descriptions
Analog signals can be either voltage (0 to +10 VDC) or
1. Digital I/O terminals
current (0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA). Analog signals can be
2. RS-485 (EIA-485) terminal varied like dialling a rheostat up and down. The frequency
3. Analog I/O terminals converter can be programmed to increase or decrease
output in relation to the amount of current or voltage. For
4. USB connector
example, a sensor or external controller may supply a
variable current or voltage. The frequency converter
output, in turn, regulates the speed of the motor
connected to the frequency converter in response to the
analog signal.

Digital signals are a simple binary 0 or 1 which, in effect,

act as a switch. Digital signals are controlled by a 0 to 24
VDC signal. A voltage signal lower than 5 VDC is a logic 0.
A voltage higher than 10 VDC is a logic 1. Zero is open,
one is close. Digital inputs to the frequency converter are
switched commands such as start, stop, reverse, coast,
reset, and so on. (Do not confuse these digital inputs with
serial communication formats where digital bytes are
grouped into communication words and protocols.)

The RS-485 serial communication connector is wired to

terminals (+) 68 and (-) 69. Terminal 61 is common and
may be used for terminating screens only when the
control cable run between frequency converters, not

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 43

 Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

between frequency converters and other devices. See

130BA027.10
Earthing Screened Cables in this section for correct
methods for terminating a screened control cable. Alarm

2 2
Quick Main
Status Menu Menu Log

2.5.2 Output signals

Ca
ck
The frequency converter also produces output signals that

n
Ba

ce
l
are carried through either the RS-485 serial bus or terminal
42. Output terminal 42 operates in the same manner as
the inputs. The terminal can be programmed for either a

Info
OK
variable analog signal in mA or a digital signal (0 or 1) in On

24 VDC. In addition, a pulse reference can be provided on

Warn.
terminals 27 and 29. Output analog signals generally
indicate the frequency converter frequency, current, torque Alarm
and so on to an external controller or system. Digital
outputs can be control signals used to open or close a
Hand Auto
damper, for example, or send a start or stop command to on
Off on Reset
auxiliary equipment.

Additional terminals are Form C relay outputs on terminals

01, 02, and 03, and terminals 04, 05, and 06. See the Programming Guide for details on changing
parameters and the functions available for each control
Terminals 12 and 13 provide 24 VDC low voltage power, terminal.
often used to supply power to the digital input terminals
(18-33). Those terminals must be supplied with power from In addition, the input terminal must be receiving a signal.
either terminal 12 or 13, or from a customer supplied Confirm that the control and power sources are wired to
external 24 VDC power source. Improperly connected the terminal. Then check the signal.
control wiring is a common service issue for a motor not
operating or the frequency converter not responding to a Signals can be checked in two ways. Digital input can be
remote input. selected for display by pressing [status] key as discussed
previously, or a voltmeter may be used to check for
2.6 Control Terminals voltage at the control terminal. See procedure details at
Input Terminal Test in Section Test Procedures.
Control terminals must be programmed. Each terminal has
specific functions it is capable of performing and a In summary, for proper frequency converter functioning,
numbered parameter associated with it. See table Control the frequency converter input control terminals must be:
Terminals and Associated Parameters. The setting selected 1. wired properly
in the parameter enables the function of the terminal.
2. powered

It is important to confirm that the control terminal is 3. programmed correctly for the intended function
programmed for the correct function. 4. receiving a signal

Parameter settings are displayed by pressing the [Status]

key on the LCP.
130BP045.10

Quick Main Alarm

Status
Menu Menu Log

Use the arrow keys [▲], [▼], [►] and [◄] on the LCP to scroll
through parameters.

44 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2.7 Control Terminal Functions

The following describes the functions of the control terminals. Many of these terminals have multiple functions determined
by parameter settings. Some options provide additional terminals. See illustration below. 2 2
Terminal No. Function
01, 02, 03 and 04, 05, 06 Two Form C output relays. Maximum 240 VAC, 2 A. Minimum 24 VDC, 10 mA or 24 VAC, 100 mA. Can be
used for indicating status and warnings. Physically located on the power card.
12, 13 24 VDC power supply to digital inputs and external transducers. The maximum output current is 200 mA.
18, 19, 27, 29, 32, 33 Digital inputs for controlling the frequency converter. R = 2 kohm. Less than 5 V = logic 0 (open). Greater
than 10 V = logic 1 (closed). Terminals 27 and 29 are programmable as digital/pulse outputs.
20 Common for digital inputs.
37 0–24 VDC input for safety stop (some units).
39 Common for analog and digital outputs.
42 Analog and digital outputs for indicating values such as frequency, reference, current and torque. The
analog signal is 0/4 to 20 mA at a maximum of 500 Ω. The digital signal is 24 VDC at a minimum of 500
Ω.
50 10 VDC, 15 mA maximum analog supply voltage for potentiometer or thermistor.
53, 54 Selectable for 0 to 10 VDC voltage input, R = 10 kΩ, or analog signals 0/4 to 20 mA at a maximum of 200
Ω. Used for reference or feedback signals. A thermistor can be connected here.
55 Common for terminals 53 and 54.
61 RS-485 common.
68, 69 RS-485 interface and serial communication.

Term 18 19 27 29 32 33 37 53 54 42 1-3 4-6

Par. 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-19 6-1* 6-2* 6-5* 5-4* 5-4*

Table 2.2 Control Terminals and Associated Parameter

Control terminals must be programmed. Each terminal has L1

130BA174.10
L2
specific functions it is capable of performing and a
L3
numbered parameter associated with it. The setting
N
selected in the parameter enables the function of the
PE
terminal. See the Operating Instructions for details.
F1

12
91 92 93 95
37
L1 L2 L3 PE
18
50
53
55
39
U V W PE 20
32
33
96 97 98 99

M 24 Vdc

Illustration 2.4 Control Terminals Electrical Diagram, F-frame

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 45

 Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

130BB760.10
CUSTOMER 118 117
1
SUPPLIED 24V RET. + - 1
1 CONTROL CARD PIN 20
REGEN

2 2
(TERMINAL JUMPERED TOGETHER)
TERMINALS 2
1
CUSTOMER INVERTER
2 3
SUPPLIED 24V CABINET
3 CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 4 CONNECTION
3 (TERMINAL JUMPERED TOGETHER) DETAILS
5
3

10 MCB 113 PIN X46/1 5

11 MCB 113 PIN X46/3 TB8 4

12 MCB 113 PIN X46/5 3
C14
13 MCB 113 PIN X46/7
W 98 98 W
14 MCB 113 PIN X46/9 C13
PILZ
15 MCB 113 PIN X46/11 TERMINALS V 97 97 V
A2
16 MCB 113 PIN X46/13 U 96 96 U
FUSE
17 MCB 113 PIN 12
TB4 R- 81 EXTERNAL BRAKE 81 R-
18 CONTROL CARD PIN 37
2
R+ 82 EXTERNAL BRAKE 82 R+
30 TB08 PIN 01
W 98
31 TB08 PIN 02
V 97
32 TB08 PIN 04

33 TB08 PIN 05 U 96
NAMUR Terminal Definition

34 MCB 113 PIN X47/1 TB3 INVERTER 1

35 MCB 113 PIN X47/3

R- 81 EXTERNAL BRAKE
36 MCB 113 PIN X47/2
R+ 82 EXTERNAL BRAKE
37 MCB 113 PIN X47/4 1
38 MCB 113 PIN X47/6 TB3 INVERTER 1

39 MCB 113 PIN X47/5 W 98

40 MCB 113 PIN X47/7 V 97

41 MCB 113 PIN X47/9 96

U
42 MCB 113 PIN X47/8 TB3 INVERTER 2
50 CONTROL CARD PIN 53
R- 81 EXTERNAL BRAKE
51 CONTROL CARD PIN 55
2
60 MCB 113 PIN X45/1 R+ 82 EXTERNAL BRAKE

61 MCB 113 PIN X45/2

TB3 INVERTER 2
62 MCB 113 PIN X45/3

63 MCB 113 PIN X45/4 AUX FAN AUX FAN

90 MCB 112 PIN 1

91 MCB 112 PIN 2 L1 L2 L1 L2

100 101 102 103
TB7

Illustration 2.5 Control Terminals Electrical Diagram, 12-pulse

(1) F8/F9 = one set of terminals Terminal 37 is for Safe Stop. See Safe Stop requirements in
the Operating Instructions and Design Guide.
(2) F10/F11 = two sets of terminals

(3) F12/F13 = three sets of terminals

46 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Operator Interface and Cont... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2.8 Earthing Screened Cables

It is recommended that the screened control cables be connected with cable clamps at both ends to the metal cabinet of
the frequency converter with cable camps at both ends. Table 2.3 shows earth cabling for optimal results. 2 2
Correct earthing Control cables and cables for serial communication must be fitted with cable clamps at
both ends to ensure the best possible electrical connection.

Incorrect earthing Do not use twisted cable ends (pigtails) since these increase screen impedance at high
frequencies.

Earth potential protection When the earth potential between the frequency converter and the PLC or other
interface device is different, electrical noise may occur that can disturb the entire system. This can be
resolved by fitting an equalizing cable next to the control cable. Minimum cable cross section is 8 AWG.

50/60Hz earth loops When using very long control cables, 50/60Hz earth loops may occur that can disturb
the entire system. This can be resolved by connecting one end of the screen with a 100 nF capacitor and
keeping the lead short.

Serial communication control cables Low frequency noise currents between frequency converters can be
eliminated by connecting one end of the screened cable to frequency converter terminal 61. This terminal
connects to earth through an internal RC link. It is recommended to use twisted-pair cables to reduce the
differential mode interference between conductors.

Table 2.3 Earthing Screened Cables

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 47

 Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3 Internal Frequency Converter Operation

130BX422.10
3.1 General
3 3
Rectifier DC Bus Inverter

This section is intended to provide an operational overview Filter reactor

AC Line
of the frequency converter’s main assemblies and circuitry. IGBT
Motor
L11 T1
With this information, a repair technician should have a T2
L21
better understanding of the frequency converter's L31 T3
operation and aid in the troubleshooting process.
Filter capacitor
Sine wave PWM waveform
3.2 Description of Operation AC Line Filter reactor
L12
A frequency converter is an electronic controller that L22
L32
supplies a regulated amount of AC power to a three phase Filter capacitor
induction motor in order to control the speed of the
motor. By supplying variable frequency and voltage to the
Illustration 3.2 12-pulse Internal Processing
motor, the frequency converter controls the motor speed,
or maintains a constant speed as the load on the motor
changes. The frequency converter can also stop and start a
motor without the mechanical stress associated with a line The main frequency converter components are grouped
start. into three sections consisting of control logic, logic to
power interface, and power. These are covered in greater
detail in Sequence of Operation which describes power
In its basic form, the frequency converter can be divided
and control signals within the frequency converter.
into four main sections: rectifier, intermediate circuit (DC
bus), inverter, and control (see Illustrations 3.1 and 3.2).
3.2.1 Logic Section

The control card contains most of the logic section (see

Illustration below). The primary logic element of the
control card is a microprocessor, which supervises and
controls all functions of frequency converter operation. In
addition, separate PROMs contain the parameters to
provide the user with programmable options. These
parameters are programmed to enable the frequency
converter to meet specific application requirements. This
data is then stored in an EEPROM which provides security
during power-down and also allows the flexibility to
change the operational characteristics of the frequency
converter.

A custom integrated circuit generates a pulse width

modulation (PWM) waveform which is then sent to the
interface circuitry located on the power card.
Illustration 3.1 F-frame Internal Processing

48 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

The control card logic is capable of communicating via

serial link with outside devices such as personal computers
or programmable logic controllers (PLC).

The control card also provides two voltage supplies for use
from the control terminals. The 24 VDC is used for
switching functions such as start, stop and forward/reverse. 3 3
The 24 VDC supply is also capable of supplying 200 mA of
power, part of which may be used to power external
encoders or other devices. A 10 VDC supply on terminal 50
is rated at 17 mA is also available for use with speed
reference circuitry.

The analog and digital output signals are powered through

an internal frequency converter supply.

Two relays for monitoring the status of the frequency

converter are located on the power card. These are
programmable through parameter group 5-4*. The relays
Illustration 3.3 Logic Section
are Form C, meaning it has one normally open contact and
one normally closed contact on a single throw. The
contacts of the relay are rated for a maximum load of 240
The PWM waveform is created using an improved control VAC at 2 Amps resistance.
scheme called VVCplus, a further development of the earlier
VVC (Voltage Vector Control) system. VVCplus provides a The logic circuitry on the control card allow for the
variable frequency and voltage to the motor which addition of option modules for synchronising control, serial
matches the requirements of the motor. Also available is communications, additional relays, the cascade pump
the continuous pulsing SFAVM PWM. Selection can be controller, or custom operating software.
made in parameter group 14-**. The dynamic response of
the system changes to meet the variable requirements of
the load.
3.2.2 Logic to Power Interface

The logic to power interface isolates the high voltage

Another part of the logic section is the local control panel
components of the power section from the low voltage
(LCP). This is a removable keypad/display mounted on the
signals of the logic section. The interface section consists
front of the frequency converter. The LCP provides the
of the power card and gate drive card.
interface between the frequency converter's internal digital
logic and the operator.
Much of the fault processing for output short circuit and
earth fault conditions is handled by the control card. The
All the frequency converter's programmable parameter
power card provides conditioning of these signals. Scaling
settings can be uploaded into the EEPROM of the LCP. This
of current feedback and voltage feedback is accomplished
function is useful for maintaining a backup frequency
by the control card.
converter profile and parameter set. It can also be used,
through its download function, in programming other
frequency converters or to restore a program to a repaired The power card contains a switch mode power supply
unit. The LCP is removable during operation to prevent (SMPS) which provides the unit with 24 VDC, +18 VDC, –18
undesired program changes. With the addition of a remote VDC and 5 VDC operating voltage. The logic and interface
mounting kit, the LCP can be mounted in a remote circuitry is powered by the SMPS. The SMPS is supplied by
location of up to ten feet away. the DC bus voltage. The frequency converters can be
purchased with an optional secondary SMPS which is
powered from a customer supplied 24 VDC source. This
Control terminals, with programmable functions, are
secondary SMPS provides power to the logic circuitry with
provided for input commands such as run, stop, forward,
main input disconnected. It can keep units with communi-
reverse and speed reference. Additional output terminals
cation options live on a network when the frequency
are provided to supply signals to run peripheral devices or
converter is not powered from the mains.
for monitoring and reporting status.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 49

 Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Circuitry for controlling the speed of the cooling fans is A Hall effect type current sensor is located on each phase
also provided on the power card. of the inverter module output to measure motor current.
This type of device is used instead of more common
The gate drive signals from the control card to the output current transformer (CT) devices to reduce the frequency
transistors (IGBTs) are isolated and buffered on the gate and phase distortion that CTs introduce into the signal.
drive card. In units that have the dynamic brake option, With Hall sensors, the average, peak, and earth leakage
3 3 the driver circuits for the brake transistors are also located currents can be monitored. The current sensors from each
on this card. inverter module are summed with the same phase of the
other inverter modules by the MDCIC to provide one
For 12-pulse frequency converters, an MPIC card is current level to the control card.
connected to the power card to control additional SCRs
present on the 12-pulse units. All other functions are
identical.

3.2.3 Power Section

The high voltage power section consists of AC input

terminals, AC and DC bus bars, fusing, harnessing, AC
output, and optional components. The power section (see
illustration below) also contains circuitry for the soft charge
and SCR/diode modules in the rectifier; the DC bus filter
circuitry containing the DC coils, often referred to as the
intermediate or DC bus circuit; and the output IGBT
modules which make up the inverter section. Illustration 3.4 Typical F-frame Power Section

In conjunction with the SCR/diode modules, the soft

charge circuit limits the inrush current when power is first

130BX422.10
applied and the DC bus capacitors are charging. This is
Rectifier DC Bus Inverter
accomplished by the SCRs in the modules being held off
while charging current passes through the soft charge Filter reactor
resistors, thereby limiting the current. The DC bus circuitry AC Line IGBT
T1 Motor
smooths the pulsating DC voltage created by the L11
L21 T2
conversion from the AC supply. L31 T3

Each unit contains one DC coil per inverter module. Filter capacitor
Sine wave PWM waveform
Therefore the F1/F3 units contain two DC coils and the
F2/F4 units contain three. The DC coil has two coils wound AC Line Filter reactor
L12
on a common core. One coil resides in the positive side of L22
the DC bus and the other in the negative. The coil reduces L32
mains harmonics. Filter capacitor

The DC bus capacitors are arranged into a capacitor bank Illustration 3.5 Typical 12-pulse Power Section
along with bleeder and balancing circuitry. Each inverter
module contains two DC capacitor banks.

The inverter section is made up of six IGBTs, commonly

referred to as switches. Two switches are necessary for
each phase of the three-phase power, for a total of six
switches per IGBT module (half-phase per switch). Three
IGBT modules run in parallel are contained in each inverter
due to the high current handling requirements. Each
inverter can be paralleled with one or two additional
inverter modules to provide the required current for the
power size.

50 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3.3 Sequence of Operation

3.3.1 Rectifier and Option Cabinet that could be damaged by continuous attempts to charge
the DC bus.
When input power is first applied to the frequency
converter, it enters through the input terminals L1, L2, L3 The low voltage power supplies are activated when the DC
(for 12-pulse units, L11, L21, L31 and L12, L22, L32) and on bus reaches approximately 50 VDC less than the alarm 3 3
to the disconnect or/and RFI option, depending on the voltage low for the DC bus. After a short delay, an inrush
unit's configuration (see illustration 3-4). If equipped with enable signal is sent from the control card to the power
optional fuses, these fuses (FU1, FU2, FU3, and on 12-pulse card SCR gating circuit. The SCRs are automatically gated
additional fuses FU4, FU5, FU6) limit damage caused by a when forward biased, as a result acting similar to an
short circuit in the power section. The SCRs, in the uncontrolled rectifier.
combined SCR/diode modules, are not gated so current
can travel to the rectifier on the soft charge card. The SCR When the DC bus capacitors are fully charged, the voltage
and diode modules are separate. Additional fuses located on the DC bus will be equal to the peak voltage of the
on the soft charge card provide protection in the event of input mains. Theoretically, this can be calculated by
a short in the soft charge or fan circuits. Three phase multiplying the mains value by 1.414 (VAC x 1.414).
power is also branched off and sent to the power card. It However, since AC ripple voltage is present on the DC bus,
provides the power card with a reference of the main the actual DC value will be closer to VAC x 1.38 under
supply voltage and provides a supply voltage for the unloaded conditions and may drop to VAC x 1.32 while
cooling fans. running under load. For example, a frequency converter
connected to a nominal 460 V line, while sitting idle, the
During the charging process, the top diodes of the soft DC bus voltage will be approximately 635 VDC (460 x
charge rectifier conduct and rectify during the positive half 1.38).
cycle. The diodes in the main rectifier conduct during the
negative half cycle. The DC voltage is applied to the bus As long as power is applied to the frequency converter,
capacitors through the soft charge resistor. The purpose of this voltage is present in the intermediate circuit and the
charging the DC bus through this resistor is to limit the inverter circuit. It is also fed to the switch mode power
high inrush current that would otherwise be present. supply (SMPS) on the power card and is used for
generating all other low voltage supplies.
Positive temperature coefficient (PTC) resistors located on
the soft charge card are in series with the soft charge During normal operation, the power card and control card
resistor. Frequent cycling of the input power or the DC bus are monitoring various functions within the frequency
charging over an extended time can cause the PTC converter. The current sensors provide current feedback
resistors to heat up due to the current flow. Resistance of information. The DC bus voltage and mains voltage are
the PTC device increases with temperature, eventually monitored as well as the voltage delivered to the motor. A
adding enough resistance to the circuit to prevent thermal sensor mounted on the heatsink for each rectifier
significant current flow. This protects the soft charge module.
resistor from damage along with any other components

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 51

 Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET: 400VA TRANSFORMER, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND 24V POWER
SUPPLY X1 H1 BLK T1

MK100
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
DOOR INTERLOCKS CBL19

MK107
SCALING

MK108
SCALING

MK109
SCALING
CARD CARD CARD

OPTION CABINET RECTIFIER CABINET INVERTER CABINET FC-X02 INV1 INV2 INV3

WHT GRN/YEL
DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK CBL18 MDCIC CARD
X2 H2

MK106
PCA13
- + - + - +
1 FK100 44 1 FK102 44
24V AC/DC LCP
400VA POWER SUPPLY
ANALOG I/O
TRANSFORMER RS-485

61 68 69
39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -
BLK WHT BLK WHT
BLK WHT DIGITAL INPUTS
CBL20
2 2 12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN
1 1

+ - BLK CBL21 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

WHT BLK LOAD SHARE

WHT
BLK WHT WHT TERMINALS
SPLICE
RED

3 3
BLK

JUMPER IS INSTALLED
IN CASE THERE IS LOAD SHARE
NO OPTION CABINET (UNIDIRECTIONAL)
CBL1
CBL20 2 2

1 1
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET

BLK 2 2 BLK
HEATSINK/DOOR
FOUR-POLE WHT 1 1 WHT HEATSINK/DOOR HEATSINK/DOOR FAN TRASNFORMER
FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
FUSIBLE
DISCONNECT CBL9 CBL10 CBL11
KLIXON IS INSTALLED IN CASE THERE IS AN OPTION CABINET

RFI KLIXON
WHT WHT
RED BLK
RED BLK RED BLK
2 3 1 2 3 1
2 3 1 REGEN
Fu1 Fu2 Fu3 Fu4
6A 6A 6A 6A 2 3 1
TERMINALS
106 104 2 3 1 2 3 1
WHT
CBL3
RECTIFIER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS BLK FAN-

FAN+
L

N
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN LOCATED IN INVERTER
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET GND PE

WHT CBL2 FAN-

CBL17 CABINET
FAN+
GND CBL3
BLK BLK FAN- L CBL3
A1/C2 RFI WHT WHT BLK
FAN+
GND PE
N

FAN-

LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET FAN+

GND

OPTION CABINET DOOR FAN

CBL23 2 2 RED
CBL4
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
1 1 BLK

1
2
3 3 WHT UDC

1
2
CBL7
NOT USED BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED BLK WHT NOT USED
BLK BLK BLK
CBL1 44 14 3 6 44 1 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6
WHT 5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 11 10 9
WHT WHT
6-Pin WHT 6-Pin
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin BLK FU5 6-Pin 16-Pin WHT FU7 16-Pin FU9 DC-Link 16-Pin
RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 1
8 5 4

INVERTER Relay Relay

RFI CARD

Relay Relay
RFI CARD

WHT Relay Relay Relay Relay

8-Pin
RFI CARD

DC-Link

5 10
5 10
Not used BLK
BLK
-SCR
1 2 3 1 2 3

10-Pin
1 2 3

10-Pin
BLK

10-Pin
- -
WHT
+
+

-
+

MK1 MK1
RED
MK1
CBL7 RED

7 2
7 2
WHT
TEST CONNECTOR

7 2
1 WHT FU6 FU8
POWER CARD

FU4 BLK BLK

DC+

1
DC+ DC+

1
INVERTER 2

1
+SCR RECTIFIER INVERTER 1 INVERTER 3
MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6

30

TEST CONNECTOR

TEST CONNECTOR
TEST CONNECTOR
1

POWER CARD
1 1
1
DC-

POWER CARD
DC-

POWER CARD
DC-
20 RED RED
RED R' R' R'

6 2 5
6

8-Pin
WHT
6 2 5

8-Pin
WHT S'
8-Pin

WHT S' 30 S'

2 5
30 30
R' S' T' T' T'
T'
12-Pin 44 BLK BLK

3 4 7 8
3 4 7 8
BLK
3 4 7 8

7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE

TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS
R S T
MK3

MK1

MK3
MK2

MK1
MK2

MK3

MK1
MK2

R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE W1 W2 W3

FILTER FILTER FILTER

V1 MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

BLK
WHT
U1 U2 U3
MAINS FUSES
14 11 OF1
R
L1 91 FU1

S
FU2
L2 92

T FU3
L3 93
M1 CBL8
DS1 C13 C14
GND 94
CONTACTOR
TB1
DISCONNECT BLK WHT BLK WHT
C21 C22 BLK
WHT C1
MX C2 BLK C1 C2
BLK A1 A2 WHT A1 A2 C21 C22 C13 C14
WHT
CB
CB1 SHUNT TRIP LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET: CB AND CONTACTOR TERMINAL BLOCKS

Illustration 3.6 F-frame rectifier circuit

130BX423.10
CBL101
CURRENT CURRENT
MK100

CURRENT
SCALING SCALING
MK107

SCALING
MK108

MK109

FC-X02
CARD CARD CARD

INV1 INV2 INV3

MDCIC CARD
LCP
MK106
PCA13
1 FK100 1
CBL100 44 FK102 44

ANALOG I/O
RS-485

61 68 69
39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -

DIGITAL INPUTS

12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

BLK
WHT
RED

BLK
WHT
RED

CBL104
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS CBL102 CBL103
2 2 2 BLK
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET
1 1 1 WHT
BLK JUMPER IS INSTALLED
2 2
IN CASE THERE IS HEATSINK/DOOR
HEATSINK/DOOR
1 1 NO OPTION CABINET C2 HEATSINK/DOOR
FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
FAN TRASNFORMER

WHT
C1 TR1 TR2
TR3

WHT BLK RECT2 WHT WHT

RED BLK

RECT1
RED BLK RED BLK
2 3 1
F1 F2 2 3 1 2 3 1
F1 F2 OPTIONS CABINET OPTIONS CABINET
DOOR FAN RED DOOR FAN 2 3 1 2 3 1
2 3 1 TB5
WHT WHT
REG+
L1 F5
FAN-

FAN+
L

N
WHT
L2 BLK F6
FAN-

FAN+
L

N
WHT

GND PE
106 104 GND PE

106 104
REG-
S1 S2 BLK CBL107 S2 CBL110 FAN-

UDC S1 UDC F4 CBL113

FAN-

F3
FAN+

REGEN
FAN+ GND

CBL109
GND

CBL106 INVERTER CABINET TERMINALS

2 INVERTER CABINET
1

1
2

2
2 2
1 BLK
WHT
DOOR FAN DOOR FAN
1
1

1
2

1 1 BLK
RECTIFIER CABINET 3 3 WHT BLK RECTIFIER CABINET
3 3 WHT DOOR FAN DOOR FAN

RFI1 RED
RFI2 CBL112
F1 F2
FAN- L FAN- L

FAN+ N FAN+ N

CBL105 BLK
GND PE
CBL108 BLK
GND PE

WHT WHT
CBL111
Not used
BLK Not used BLK BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED BLK WHT NOT USED
1 4 3 6 44 1 1 4 3 6 44 1
5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 5 1 8 7 6 3 10 11 3 1 8 7 6 1 4 3 6 44 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9
11 10 9 11 10 9
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin 14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin FU5 6-Pin P1 16-Pin WHT FU7
6-Pin
P1 16-Pin
WHT
FU9 6-Pin P1 16-Pin
8 6 5 4 3 1
8 65 43 1

RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA INVERTER Aux 2 Aux 1 RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA INVERTER Aux 2

Relay
Aux 1
Relay DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1
P4 Relay Relay
Relay Relay DC-Link Relay Relay Relay Relay
P5
5 10
5 10

DC-Link
-SCR P2 P4 P2 P5 P2 BLK
P5
8-Pin

P6 P3 -SCR P6 P3 P2 P2
10-Pin
10-Pin

BLK
10-Pin

FU4 RED
RED
7 2 1

P4 WHT
P4
7 2 1

FU8
P4 DC+
WHT
DC+
7 2 1

1 DC+ BLK
FU6 BLK

+SCR
INVERTER 3
1
TEST CONNECTOR

+SCR
RECTIFIER 1 P7 INVERTER 1 INVERTER 2
TEST CONNECTOR

POWER CARD

RECTIFIER 2
P7
POWER CARD

30
30 1
1 1
TEST CONNECTOR

1
DC-
TEST CONNECTOR

TEST CONNECTOR
POWER CARD

POWER CARD

DC- P6 DC-
POWER CARD

P6 P6
3

P1 P1 20 J2 BLK RED
P5 18

P5
BLK R' R'
6 2 5

J1 R'
6 2 5

WHT WHT
8-Pin

20
6 2 5 3 4 7 8

WHT 30 S' S'

8-Pin

30
8-Pin

S' 30
R' S' T' T'
R' S' T'
12-Pin 12-Pin 44 RED
T'
P3 RED
T'
P3 BLK P3
3 4 7 8
3 4 7 8

7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6
44
7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE
TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS
R1 S1 T1 R2 S2 T2

CBL114 R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

W1 W2 W3
V1 MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

MAINS FUSES MAINS FUSES

U1 U2 U3

91 FU1 95
R1 R2 FU4

92 FU2 S2 96 FU5
S1

T1
93 FU3 T2 97 FU6 CBL115
GND 94 GND 98

TB1 TB2

Illustration 3.7 12-pulse rectifier circuit

52 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3.3.2 Intermediate Section

Following the rectifier section, voltage passes to the contains a high frequency filter circuit to reduce naturally
intermediate section. (See following illustration). This occurring currents in the HF range to prevent interference
rectified voltage is smoothed by an LC filter circuit with other sensitive equipment in the area. The circuit, as
consisting of the DC bus inductor and the DC bus with other RFI filter circuitry, can be sensitive to
capacitor banks per each inverter module. unbalanced phase-to-earth voltages in the three-phase AC 3 3
input line. This can occasionally result in nuisance
The DC bus inductor provides series impedance to overvoltage alarms. For this reason, the high frequency
changing current. This aids the filtering process while filter card on 380–500 V range frequency converters,
reducing harmonic distortion to the input AC current contains a set of relay contacts in the earth connection of
waveform normally inherent in rectifier circuits. the filter capacitors. The relay is tied into the RFI/HF
switch, which can be switched on or off in 14-50 RFI Filter.
Each inverter module contains two DC capacitor bank This disconnects the earth references to all filters to
assemblies consisting of up to eight capacitors arranged in eliminate nuisance overvoltage conditions created by an
series/parallel configuration. Also contained within the unbalanced phase-to-earth voltages.
assembly is the bleeder/balance circuitry. This circuitry
maintains equal voltage drops across each capacitor and For 525–690 V frequency converters, the customer may not
provides a current path for discharging the capacitors once open the relay contacts to disconnect the earthing via
power has been removed from the frequency converter. 14-50 RFI Filter, but the relay automatically opens based on
the DC bus voltage to protect the drive.
Also located in the intermediate section is the high
frequency (HF) filter card for each inverter module. It

LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET: 400VA TRANSFORMER, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND 24V POWER
SUPPLY X1 H1 BLK T1
MK100

CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT

DOOR INTERLOCKS CBL19
MK107

SCALING
MK108

SCALING
MK109

SCALING
CARD CARD CARD

OPTION CABINET RECTIFIER CABINET INVERTER CABINET FC-X02 INV1 INV2 INV3

WHT GRN/YEL
DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK CBL18 MDCIC CARD
X2 H2

MK106
PCA13
- + - + - +
1 FK100 44 1 FK102 44
24V AC/DC LCP
400VA POWER SUPPLY
ANALOG I/O
TRANSFORMER RS-485

61 68 69
39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -
BLK WHT BLK WHT
BLK WHT DIGITAL INPUTS
CBL20
2 2 12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN
1 1

+ - BLK CBL21 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

WHT BLK LOAD SHARE

WHT
BLK WHT WHT TERMINALS
SPLICE
RED
BLK

JUMPER IS INSTALLED
IN CASE THERE IS LOAD SHARE
NO OPTION CABINET (UNIDIRECTIONAL)
CBL1
CBL20 2 2

1 1
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET

BLK 2 2 BLK
HEATSINK/DOOR
FOUR-POLE WHT 1 1 WHT HEATSINK/DOOR HEATSINK/DOOR FAN TRASNFORMER
FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
FUSIBLE
DISCONNECT CBL9 CBL10 CBL11
KLIXON IS INSTALLED IN CASE THERE IS AN OPTION CABINET

RFI KLIXON
WHT WHT
RED BLK
RED BLK RED BLK
2 3 1 2 3 1
2 3 1 REGEN
Fu1 Fu2 Fu3 Fu4
6A 6A 6A 6A 2 3 1
TERMINALS
106 104 2 3 1 2 3 1
WHT
CBL3
RECTIFIER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS BLK FAN-

FAN+
L

N
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN LOCATED IN INVERTER
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET GND PE

WHT CBL2 FAN-

CBL17 CABINET
FAN+
GND CBL3
BLK BLK FAN- L CBL3
A1/C2 RFI WHT WHT BLK
FAN+
GND PE
N

FAN-

LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET FAN+

GND

OPTION CABINET DOOR FAN

CBL23 2 2 RED
CBL4
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
1 1 BLK
1
2

3 3 WHT UDC
1
2

CBL7
NOT USED BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED BLK WHT NOT USED
BLK BLK BLK
CBL1 44 14 3 6 44 1 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6
WHT 5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 11 10 9
WHT WHT
6-Pin WHT 6-Pin
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin BLK FU5 6-Pin 16-Pin WHT FU7 16-Pin FU9 DC-Link 16-Pin
RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 1
8 5 4

INVERTER Relay Relay

RFI CARD

Relay Relay
RFI CARD

WHT Relay Relay Relay Relay

8-Pin
RFI CARD

DC-Link
5 10
5 10

Not used BLK

BLK
-SCR
1 2 3 1 2 3
10-Pin

1 2 3
10-Pin

BLK
10-Pin

- -
WHT
+
+

-
+

MK1 MK1
RED
MK1
CBL7 RED
7 2
7 2

WHT
TEST CONNECTOR

7 2

1 WHT FU6 FU8

POWER CARD

FU4 BLK BLK

DC+
1

DC+ DC+
1

INVERTER 2
1

+SCR RECTIFIER INVERTER 1 INVERTER 3

MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6

30
TEST CONNECTOR

TEST CONNECTOR
TEST CONNECTOR

1
POWER CARD

1 1
1
DC-
POWER CARD

DC-
POWER CARD

DC-
20 RED RED
RED R' R' R'
6 2 5
6

8-Pin

WHT
6 2 5

8-Pin

WHT S'
8-Pin

WHT S' 30 S'

2 5

30 30
R' S' T' T' T'
T'
12-Pin 44 BLK BLK
3 4 7 8
3 4 7 8

BLK
3 4 7 8

7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE

TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS
R S T
MK3

MK1

MK3
MK2

MK1
MK2

MK3

MK1
MK2

R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE W1 W2 W3

FILTER FILTER FILTER

V1 MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

BLK
WHT
U1 U2 U3
MAINS FUSES
14 11 OF1
R
L1 91 FU1

S
FU2
L2 92

T FU3
L3 93
M1 CBL8
DS1 C13 C14
GND 94
CONTACTOR
TB1
DISCONNECT BLK WHT BLK WHT
C21 C22 BLK
WHT C1
MX C2 BLK C1 C2
BLK A1 A2 WHT A1 A2 C21 C22 C13 C14
WHT
CB
CB1 SHUNT TRIP LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET: CB AND CONTACTOR TERMINAL BLOCKS

Illustration 3.8 Intermediate and inverter sections

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 53

 Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3.3.3 Inverter Section

In the inverter section, gate signals are received from the Hall effect current sensors monitor the output current of
control card (through the MDCIC), and sent to each each inverter module and deliver proportional signals via
inverter module's power card and the gate drive card to the power cards to the MDCIC where they are summed
the IGBT gates. (See illustration titledIntermediate and and buffered and delivered to the control card. These
3 3 Inverter Sections).The output of each IGBT, connected in current signals are used by the control card logic to
series, first passes through the current sensors. determine proper waveform compensations based on load
conditions. They further serve to detect overcurrent
Once a run command and speed reference are present, the conditions, including earth faults and phase-to-phase
IGBTs begin switching to create the output waveform, as shorts on the output.
shown in the illustration below. Looking at the phase-to-
phase voltage waveform with an oscilloscope, it can be During normal operation, the power card and control card
seen that the Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) principal are monitoring various functions within the frequency
creates a series of pulses which vary in width. Basically, the converter. The current sensors provide current feedback
pulses are narrower as zero crossing is approached and information. The DC bus voltage and mains voltage are
wider the farther from zero crossing. The width is monitored as well as the voltage delivered to the motor. A
controlled by the pulse duration of applied DC voltage. thermal sensor mounted inside the middle IGBT module
Although the voltage waveform is a consistent amplitude, provides heatsink temperature feedback for each inverter
the inductance within the motor windings will serve to module.
average the voltage delivered and so, as the pulse width
of the waveform varies, the average voltage seen by the

130BX136.10
motor varies as well. This then equates to the resultant
current waveform which takes on the sine wave shape that
we expect to see in an AC system. The frequency of the
waveform is then determined by the rate at which the
pulses occur. By employing a sophisticated control scheme,
the frequency converter is capable of delivering a current
waveform that nearly replicates a true AC sine wave.
Illustration 3.9 Output Voltage and Current Waveforms

This waveform, as generated by the Danfoss VVCplus PWM

principle at the control card, provides optimal performance
and minimal losses in the motor.

54 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET: 400VA TRANSFORMER, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND 24V POWER
SUPPLY X1 H1 BLK T1

MK100
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
DOOR INTERLOCKS CBL19

MK107
SCALING

MK108
SCALING

MK109
SCALING
CARD CARD CARD

OPTION CABINET RECTIFIER CABINET INVERTER CABINET FC-X02 INV1 INV2 INV3

WHT GRN/YEL
DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK CBL18 MDCIC CARD
X2 H2

MK106
PCA13
- + - + - +
1 FK100 44 1 FK102 44
24V AC/DC LCP
400VA POWER SUPPLY

3 3
ANALOG I/O
TRANSFORMER RS-485

61 68 69
39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -
BLK WHT BLK WHT
BLK WHT DIGITAL INPUTS
CBL20
2 2 12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN
1 1

+ - BLK CBL21 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

WHT BLK LOAD SHARE

WHT
BLK WHT WHT TERMINALS
SPLICE
RED
BLK

JUMPER IS INSTALLED
IN CASE THERE IS LOAD SHARE
NO OPTION CABINET (UNIDIRECTIONAL)
CBL1
CBL20 2 2

1 1
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET

BLK 2 2 BLK
HEATSINK/DOOR
FOUR-POLE WHT 1 1 WHT HEATSINK/DOOR HEATSINK/DOOR FAN TRASNFORMER
FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
FUSIBLE
DISCONNECT CBL9 CBL10 CBL11
KLIXON IS INSTALLED IN CASE THERE IS AN OPTION CABINET

RFI KLIXON
WHT WHT
RED BLK
RED BLK RED BLK
2 3 1 2 3 1
2 3 1 REGEN
Fu1 Fu2 Fu3 Fu4
6A 6A 6A 6A 2 3 1
TERMINALS
106 104 2 3 1 2 3 1
WHT
CBL3
RECTIFIER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS BLK FAN-

FAN+
L

N
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN LOCATED IN INVERTER
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET GND PE

WHT CBL2 FAN-

CBL17 CABINET
FAN+
GND CBL3
BLK BLK FAN- L CBL3
A1/C2 RFI WHT WHT BLK
FAN+
GND PE
N

FAN-

LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET FAN+

GND

OPTION CABINET DOOR FAN

CBL23 2 2 RED
CBL4
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
1 1 BLK

1
2
3 3 WHT UDC

1
2
CBL7
NOT USED BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED BLK WHT NOT USED
BLK BLK BLK
CBL1 44 14 3 6 44 1 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6
WHT 5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 11 10 9
WHT WHT
6-Pin WHT 6-Pin
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin BLK FU5 6-Pin 16-Pin WHT FU7 16-Pin FU9 DC-Link 16-Pin
RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 1
8 5 4

INVERTER Relay Relay

RFI CARD

Relay Relay
RFI CARD

WHT Relay Relay Relay Relay

8-Pin
RFI CARD

DC-Link

5 10
5 10
Not used BLK
BLK
-SCR
1 2 3 1 2 3

10-Pin
1 2 3

10-Pin
BLK

10-Pin
- -
WHT
+
+

-
+

MK1 MK1
RED
MK1
CBL7 RED

7 2
7 2
WHT
TEST CONNECTOR

7 2
1 WHT FU6 FU8
POWER CARD

FU4 BLK BLK

DC+

1
DC+ DC+

1
INVERTER 2

1
+SCR RECTIFIER INVERTER 1 INVERTER 3
MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6

30

TEST CONNECTOR

TEST CONNECTOR
TEST CONNECTOR
1

POWER CARD
1 1
1
DC-

POWER CARD
DC-

POWER CARD
DC-
20 RED RED
RED R' R' R'

6 2 5
6

8-Pin
WHT
6 2 5

8-Pin
WHT S'
8-Pin

WHT S' 30 S'

2 5
30 30
R' S' T' T' T'
T'
12-Pin 44 BLK BLK

3 4 7 8
3 4 7 8
BLK
3 4 7 8

7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE

TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS
R S T
MK3

MK1

MK3
MK2

MK1
MK2

MK3

MK1
MK2

R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE W1 W2 W3

FILTER FILTER FILTER

V1 MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

BLK
WHT
U1 U2 U3
MAINS FUSES
14 11 OF1
R
L1 91 FU1

S
FU2
L2 92

T FU3
L3 93
M1 CBL8
DS1 C13 C14
GND 94
CONTACTOR
TB1
DISCONNECT BLK WHT BLK WHT
C21 C22 BLK
WHT C1
MX C2 BLK C1 C2
BLK A1 A2 WHT A1 A2 C21 C22 C13 C14
WHT
CB
CB1 SHUNT TRIP LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET: CB AND CONTACTOR TERMINAL BLOCKS

Illustration 3.10 Inverter section

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 55

 Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3.3.4 Brake Option

For frequency converters equipped with the dynamic brake Placing the brake resistor externally has the advantages of
option, two brake IGBTs along with terminals 81(R-) and selecting the resistor based on application need,
82(R+) are included in each inverter module for connecting dissipating the energy outside of the control panel, and
an external brake resistor(s). protecting the frequency converter from overheating if the
3 3 brake resistor is overloaded.
The function of the brake IGBT (see Illustration Brake
Option) is to limit the voltage in the intermediate circuit, The Brake IGBT gate signal originates on the control card
whenever the maximum voltage limit is exceeded. It does and is delivered to the brake IGBTs via the MDCIC to each
this by switching the externally mounted resistor across inverter module power card and gate drive card.
the DC bus to remove excess DC voltage present on the Additionally, the power and control cards monitor the
bus capacitors. Excess DC bus voltage is generally a result brake IGBT and brake resistor connection for short circuits
of an overhauling load causing regenerative energy to be and overloads.
returned to the DC bus. This occurs, for example, when the
load drives the motor causing the voltage to return to the
DC bus circuit.

LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET: 400VA TRANSFORMER, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND 24V POWER
SUPPLY X1 H1 BLK T1

MK100
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
DOOR INTERLOCKS CBL19

MK107
SCALING

MK108
SCALING

MK109
SCALING
CARD CARD CARD

OPTION CABINET RECTIFIER CABINET INVERTER CABINET FC-X02 INV1 INV2 INV3

WHT GRN/YEL
DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK CBL18 MDCIC CARD
X2 H2

MK106
PCA13
- + - + - +
1 FK100 44 1 FK102 44
24V AC/DC LCP
400VA POWER SUPPLY
ANALOG I/O
TRANSFORMER RS-485

61 68 69
39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -
BLK WHT BLK WHT
BLK WHT DIGITAL INPUTS
CBL20
2 2 12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN
1 1

+ - BLK CBL21 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

WHT BLK LOAD SHARE

WHT
BLK WHT WHT TERMINALS
SPLICE
RED
BLK

JUMPER IS INSTALLED
IN CASE THERE IS LOAD SHARE
NO OPTION CABINET (UNIDIRECTIONAL)
CBL1
CBL20 2 2

1 1
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET

BLK 2 2 BLK
HEATSINK/DOOR
FOUR-POLE WHT 1 1 WHT HEATSINK/DOOR HEATSINK/DOOR FAN TRASNFORMER
FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
FUSIBLE
DISCONNECT CBL9 CBL10 CBL11
KLIXON IS INSTALLED IN CASE THERE IS AN OPTION CABINET

RFI KLIXON
WHT WHT
RED BLK
RED BLK RED BLK
2 3 1 2 3 1
2 3 1 REGEN
Fu1 Fu2 Fu3 Fu4
6A 6A 6A 6A 2 3 1
TERMINALS
106 104 2 3 1 2 3 1
WHT
CBL3
RECTIFIER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS BLK FAN-

FAN+
L

N
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN LOCATED IN INVERTER
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET GND PE

WHT CBL2 FAN-

CBL17 CABINET
FAN+
GND CBL3
BLK BLK FAN- L CBL3
A1/C2 RFI WHT WHT BLK
FAN+
GND PE
N

FAN-

LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET FAN+

GND

OPTION CABINET DOOR FAN

CBL23 2 2 RED
CBL4
INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL3
1 1 BLK
1
2

3 3 WHT UDC
1
2

CBL7
NOT USED BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED BLK WHT NOT USED
BLK BLK BLK
CBL1 44 14 3 6 44 1 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6
WHT 5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 11 10 9
WHT WHT
6-Pin WHT 6-Pin
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin BLK FU5 6-Pin 16-Pin WHT FU7 16-Pin FU9 DC-Link 16-Pin
RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 1
8 5 4

INVERTER Relay Relay

RFI CARD

Relay Relay
RFI CARD

WHT Relay Relay Relay Relay

8-Pin
RFI CARD

DC-Link
5 10
5 10

Not used BLK

BLK
-SCR
1 2 3 1 2 3
10-Pin

1 2 3
10-Pin

BLK
10-Pin

- -
WHT
+
+

-
+

MK1 MK1
RED
MK1
CBL7 RED
7 2
7 2

WHT
TEST CONNECTOR

7 2

1 WHT FU6 FU8

POWER CARD

FU4 BLK BLK

DC+
1

DC+ DC+
1

INVERTER 2
1

+SCR RECTIFIER INVERTER 1 INVERTER 3

MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6
MK5
MK7

MK6

30
TEST CONNECTOR

TEST CONNECTOR
TEST CONNECTOR

1
POWER CARD

1 1
1
DC-
POWER CARD

DC-
POWER CARD

DC-
20 RED RED
RED R' R' R'
6 2 5
6

8-Pin

WHT
6 2 5

8-Pin

WHT S'
8-Pin

WHT S' 30 S'

2 5

30 30
R' S' T' T' T'
T'
12-Pin 44 BLK BLK
3 4 7 8
3 4 7 8

BLK
3 4 7 8

7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE

TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS
R S T
MK3

MK1

MK3
MK2

MK1
MK2

MK3

MK1
MK2

R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE W1 W2 W3

FILTER FILTER FILTER

V1 MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

BLK
WHT
U1 U2 U3
MAINS FUSES
14 11 OF1
R
L1 91 FU1

S
FU2
L2 92

T FU3
L3 93
M1 CBL8
DS1 C13 C14
GND 94
CONTACTOR
TB1
DISCONNECT BLK WHT BLK WHT
C21 C22 BLK
WHT C1
MX C2 BLK C1 C2
BLK A1 A2 WHT A1 A2 C21 C22 C13 C14
WHT
CB
CB1 SHUNT TRIP LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET: CB AND CONTACTOR TERMINAL BLOCKS

Illustration 3.11 Brake option

56 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3.3.5 Cooling Fans Power Card Ambient Temperature

Fan turn ON to high speed 45° C
Fan turn OFF from high speed 40° C
All frequency converters in this size range are equipped Fan turn ON to high speed <10° C
with cooling fans to provide airflow along the heatsinks
Table 3.2 Power Card Ambient Temperature Sensor
and within the enclosures. All fans are powered by mains
voltage which is stepped down by autotransformers and
regulated to 200 or 230 VAC by circuitry provided on the • Control card thermal sensor measured
temperature. The fan can be off or low speed
3 3
power cards. On/off and high/low speed control of the
fans is provided to reduce overall acoustical noise and based on this temperature.
extend the life of the fans. Control Card Ambient Temperature
Fan turn ON to low speed 55° C
Fan turn OFF from low speed 45° C
Fans are activated by the following causes:
60% of nominal current exceeded Table 3.3 Control Card Thermal Sensor

Specific heatsink temperature exceeded (power

size dependent)
• Output current value. If the output current is
greater than 60% of rated current, the fan will
Specific power card ambient temperature turn on low speed.
exceeded
Specific control card ambient temperature 3.3.7 Load Sharing
exceeded
DC hold active Units with the built-in load sharing option contain
terminals 89 (+) DC and 88 (-) DC. Within the frequency
DC brake active converter, these terminals connect to the DC bus in front
Pre-magnetization of the motor of the DC link reactor and bus capacitors.
Automatic motor adaptation in progress
The use of the load sharing terminals can take on two
Regardless of the heatsink temperature, the fans
different configurations.
are started shortly after main input power is
applied to the frequency converter.
In one method, the terminals are used to tie the DC bus
circuits of multiple frequency converters together. This
Once fans are started, they will run for a minimum of 10
allows for the possibility of one frequency converter that is
minutes.
in a regenerative mode to share its excess bus voltage
with another frequency converter that is in motoring
3.3.6 Fan Speed Control mode. When applied correctly, this can reduce the need
for external dynamic brake resistors while also saving
The cooling fans are controlled with sensor feedback energy. In theory, the number of frequency converters that
which regulates fan operation and speed control as can be connected in this way is infinite; however, the
described below. frequency converters must be of the same voltage rating.
In addition, depending on the size and number of
• IGBT thermal sensor measured temperature. The frequency converters, it may be necessary to install DC
fan can be off, low speed, or high speed based reactors and DC fuses in the DC link connections and AC
on this temperature. reactors on the mains. Attempting such a configuration
requires specific considerations and should not be
IGBT Thermal Sensor Temperature attempted without first consulting Danfoss Application
Fan turn ON low speed 45° C
Fan low speed to high speed 50° C
Engineering.
Fan high speed to low speed 40° C
Fan turn OFF from low speed 30° C
In the second method, the frequency converter is powered
Table 3.1 IGBT Thermal Sensor
exclusively from a DC source. This is a bit more
complicated. First, a DC source is required. Second, a
means to soft charge the DC bus at power up is required.
• Power card ambient temperature sensor
Last, a mains voltage source is required to power the fans
measured temperature. The fan can be off or
high speed based on this temperature. within the frequency converter. Again such a configuration
should not be attempted without first consulting Danfoss
Application Engineering.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 57

 Internal Frequency Converte... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

3.3.8 Specific Card Connections

Connector FK102, terminals 104, 105 and 106 located on

the power cards, provide for the connection of an external
temperature switch. The input could be used to monitor
the temperature of an external brake resistor. Two input
3 3 configurations are possible. A normally closed switch may
be connected between terminals 104 and 106 or a
normally open switch between terminals 104 and 105.
Should the input change states, the frequency converter
would trip on an Alarm 27, Brake Chopper Fault. The input
SCRs would also be disabled to prevent further energy
from being supplied to the DC bus. If no such input is
used, or the normally open configuration is selected, a
jumper must be installed between terminals 104 and 106.

Connector FK103, terminals 100, 101, 102, and 103 located

on the power cards, provide for the connection of mains
voltage to allow powering the AC cooling fans from an
external source. This is required when the frequency
converter is used in a load sharing application where no
AC power is provided to the main input terminals. To
make use of this provision, the jumpers would be removed
from terminals 100 and 102, 101 and 103. The auxiliary
mains voltage power supply would be connected to
terminals 100 and 101.

The power card MK112, terminals 1, 2, and 3, and 4, 5, and

6 provide access to two auxiliary relays. The relays are
wired to a terminal mounted in the inverter cabinet above
the MDCIC. These are form C sets of contacts, meaning
one normally open and one normally closed contact on a
single throw. The contacts are rated for a maximum of 240
VAC, 2 Amps and a minimum of 24 VDC, 10 mA or 24 VAC,
100 mA. The relay can be programmed via 5-40 Function
Relay to indicate frequency converter status.

Terminal positions on the power card labelled MK400 and

MK103 are reserved for future use.

58 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

4 Troubleshooting

parts may affect tolerances and result in further

damage to the unit.
4.1 Troubleshooting Tips
8. Read the instruction and service manuals. A
Before attempting to repair a frequency converter, here are thorough understanding of the unit is the best
some tips to follow to make the job easier and possibly approach. If ever in doubt, consult the factory or
prevent unnecessary damage to functional components. authorized repair centre for assistance. 4 4
1. Ensure that no voltage is present on the
4.2 Exterior Fault Troubleshooting
frequency converter prior to troubleshooting.
Check for the presence of AC input voltage and There may be slight differences in servicing a frequency
DC bus voltage and ensure there is none before converter that has been operational for some extended
working on the unit. Remember that voltage may period of time compared to a new installation. When using
be present for as long as 40 minutes after proper troubleshooting procedures, make no assumptions.
removing power from the unit. See the label on To assume a motor is wired properly because the
the front of the frequency converter door for the frequency converter has been in service for some time may
specific discharge time. Some points in the cause you to overlook issues like loose connections,
frequency converter are referenced to the improper programming, or added equipment,. It is best to
negative DC bus and are at bus potential even develop a detailed approach, beginning with a physical
though it may appear on diagrams to be a inspection of the system. See Table Visual Inspection for
neutral reference. items to examine.
2. If any of the DC bus fuses are blown, always
ensure no DC bus voltage is present on either
4.3 Fault Symptom Troubleshooting
side of the DC fuses. When any DC bus fuse is
blown, capacitor banks in the other inverter This troubleshooting section is divided into sections based
modules are no longer electrically connected. As on the symptom being experienced. To start the following
a result, one inverter module may have stored table provides a visual inspection check list. Many times
voltage even when the rest of the unit has none. the root cause of the problem may be due to the way the
3. Darkened LED lights on the LCP does not mean frequency converter has been installed or wired. The check
that the drive has no dangerous internal voltage. list provides guidance through a variety of items to inspect
Do not assume the unit contains no voltage during any frequency converter service process.
when the indicator lights are off.
Next, symptoms are approached as the technician most
4. Never apply power to a unit that is suspected of
commonly discovers them: reading an unrecognised
being faulty. Many faulty components within the
frequency converter display, problems with motor
frequency converter can cause damage to other
operation, or a warning or alarm displayed by the
components when power is applied. Always
frequency converter. Remember, the frequency converter
perform the procedure for testing the unit after
processor monitors inputs and outputs as well as internal
repair as described in Section Test Procedures.
frequency converter functions, so an alarm or warning
5. With an external power supply and cable does not necessary indicate a problem within the
assembly, the logic section of the frequency frequency converter itself.
converter can be powered without applying
power to the rest of the unit. This method of
Each incident has further descriptions on how to
power isolation is recommended for trouble-
troubleshoot that particular symptom. When necessary,
shooting logic problems.
further referrals are made to other parts of the manual for
6. Never attempt to defeat any fault protection additional procedures. The section Frequency Converter and
circuitry within the frequency converter. That will Motor Applications presents detailed discussions on areas
result in unnecessary component damage and of frequency converter and system troubleshooting that an
may cause personal injury. experienced repair technician should understand in order
7. Always use factory approved replacement parts. to make effective diagnoses.
The frequency converter has been designed to
operate within certain specifications. Incorrect Finally, a list of tests called After Repair Tests is provided.
These tests should always be performed when first starting

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 59

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

a frequency converter, when approaching a frequency

converter that is suspected of being faulty, or anytime
following a repair to the frequency converter.

4 4

60 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

4.4 Visual Inspection

The table Table 4.1 lists a variety of conditions that require visual inspection as part of any initial troubleshooting procedure.

Inspect For Description

Auxiliary equipment Look for auxiliary equipment, switches, disconnects, or input fuses/circuit breakers that may reside on either the input
power side of frequency converter or the output side to motor. Examine the operation and condition of these items
for possible causes of operational faults. Check the function and installation of pressure sensors or encoders or other
devises that provide feedback to the frequency converter.
Cable routing Avoid routing motor wiring, mains wiring, and signal wiring in parallel. If parallel routing is unavoidable, try to

4 4
maintain a separation of 150-200 mm (6–8 inches) between the cables or separate them with an earthed conductive
partition. Avoid routing cables through free air. For unscreened cabling, run input power and motor power in separate
conduit.
Control wiring Check for broken or damaged wires and connections. Check the voltage source of the signals. The use of screened
cable or a twisted pair is recommended. Ensure the screen is terminated correctly. For unscreened control wiring, run
in separate conduit from power cabling.
Drive cooling Check the operational status of all cooling fans. Check the door filters on NEMA 12 (IP54) units. Check for blockage or
constrained air passages. Make sure the bottom gland plate is installed.
Drive display Warnings, alarms, drive status, fault history and many other important items are available via the local control panel
display on the drive.
Drive interior The frequency converter interior must be free of dirt, metal chips, moisture, and corrosion. Check for burnt or damaged
power components or carbon deposits resulting from catastrophic component failure. Check for cracks or breaks in the
housings of power semiconductors, or pieces of broken component housings loose inside the unit.
EMC considerations Check for proper installation with regard to electromagnetic capability.
Environmental conditions Under specific conditions, these units can be operated within a maximum ambient of 55° C (131° F). Humidity levels
must be less than 95% noncondensing. Check for harmful airborne contaminates such as sulphur based compounds.
Earthing The frequency converter requires a dedicated earth wire from its chassis to the building earth. It is also suggested that
the motor be earthed to the frequency converter chassis as well. The use of a conduit or mounting the frequency
converter onto a metal surface is not considered a suitable earth. Check for good earth connections that are tight and
free of oxidation.
Input power wiring Check for loose connections. Check for proper fusing. Check for blown fuses.
Motor Check the nameplate ratings of the motor. Ensure that the motor ratings coincide with the frequency converters. Make
sure that the frequency converter's motor parameters (1-20 – 1-25) are set according to the motor ratings.
Output to motor wiring Check for loose connections. Check for switching components in the output circuit. Check for faulty contacts in the
switch gear.
Programming Make sure that the frequency converter parameter settings are correct according to motor, application, and I/O config-
uration.
Proper clearance Frequency converters require adequate top and bottom clearance to ensure proper air flow for cooling.
Vibration Look for any unusual amount of vibration that the frequency converter may be subjected to. The unit should be
mounted solidly or the use of shock mounts employed.

Table 4.1 Visual Inspection

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 61

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

4.5 Fault Symptoms Run OK, 0 Hz

This indicates that a run command has been given to the
4.5.1 No Display frequency converter but the reference (speed command) is
zero or missing.
To troubleshoot no display: Check the control wiring to ensure that the proper
Check that power is supplied. reference signal is present at the frequency converter input
terminals and that the unit is properly programmed to
Cycle power to the unit.
accept the signal provided. Refer to the Input Terminal
Reinitialise the drive. (See 2.2.8 Tips and Tricks.)
4 4 Signal Test.
Off 1 (2 or 3)
4.5.2 Intermittent Display This indicates that bit #1 (or #2, or #3) in the control word
is logic “0”. This will only occur when the frequency
Cutting out or flashing of the entire display and power converter is being controlled via the fieldbus.
LED indicates that the power supply (SMPS) is shutting
A correct control word must be transmitted to the
down as a result of being overloaded. This may be due to
frequency converter over the communication bus to
improper control wiring or a fault within the frequency
correct this.
converter itself.
STOP
The first step is to rule out a problem in the control wiring. One of the digital input terminals 18, 19, 27, 29, 32, or 33
To do this, disconnect all control wiring by unplugging the (parameter 5-1*) is programmed for Stop Inverse and the
control terminal blocks from the control card. corresponding terminal is low (logic “0”).
Ensure that the above parameters are programmed
If the display stays lit, then the problem is in the control correctly and that any digital input programmed for Stop
wiring (external to the frequency converter). All control Inverse is high (logic “1”).
wiring should be checked for shorts or incorrect Display Indication That the Unit is Functioning, but No
connections. Output
Make sure that 14-22 Operation Mode is not set to Run With
If the display continues to cut out, follow the procedure Inverter Disabled.
for No Display as though the display were not lit at all.
If the unit is equipped with an external 24 VDC option,
check that main power is applied to the frequency
4.5.3 Motor Will not Run converter.
Note: In this case, the display will alternately flash Warning
In the event that this symptom is detected, first verify that
8.
the unit is properly powered up (display is lit) and that
there are no warning or alarm messages displayed. The
most common cause of this is either incorrect control logic 4.5.4 Incorrect Motor Operation
or an incorrectly programmed frequency converter. Such
occurrences will result in one or more of the following Occasionally, a fault can occur where the motor will
status messages being displayed. continue to run, but not in the correct manner. The
symptoms and causes may vary considerably. Many of the
LCP Stop possible problems are listed below by symptom along with
The [Off] key has been pressed. recommended procedures for determining their causes.

Press the [Auto on] or [Hand on] key.

Wrong speed/unit will not respond to command
Standby Possible incorrect reference (speed command).
This indicates that there is no start signal at terminal 18.
Ensure that the unit is programmed correctly according to
Ensure that a start command is present at terminal 18. the reference signal being used, and that all reference
Refer to the Input Terminal Signal Test. limits are set correctly as well.
Unit ready Motor speed unstable
Terminal 27 is low (no signal). Possible incorrect parameter settings, faulty current
Ensure that terminal 27 is logic “1”. Refer to the Input feedback circuit, loss of motor (output) phase.
Terminal Signal Test. Check the settings of all motor parameters, including all
motor compensation settings (Slip Compensation, Load
Compensation, etc.) For Closed Loop operation, check PID
settings.

62 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Motor runs rough frequency converter is no longer blocked and may be reset
Possible over-magnetization (incorrect motor settings), or as described above once the cause has been rectified.
an IGBT misfiring. Note: Motor may also stall when loaded
or the frequency converter may trip occasionally on Alarm Alarms that are not trip-locked can also be reset using the
13. automatic reset function in 14-20 Reset Mode (Warning:
Check setting of all motor parameters. automatic wake-up is possible!)

Motor draws high current but cannot start

If a warning and alarm is marked against a code in the
Possible open winding in motor or open phase in
connection to motor.
table on the following page, this means that either a
warning occurs before an alarm, or it can be specified 4 4
Run an AMA to check the motor for open windings and whether it is a warning or an alarm that is to be displayed
unbalanced resistance. Inspect all motor wiring for a given fault.
connections.
Motor will not brake This is possible, for instance, in 1-90 Motor Thermal
Possible fault in the brake circuit. Possible incorrect setting Protection After an alarm or trip, the motor carries on
in the brake parameters. The ramp down time too short. coasting, and the alarm and warning flash on the
Note: May be accompanied by an alarm or warning frequency converter. Once the problem has been rectified,
message. only the alarm continues flashing.
Check all brake parameters and ramp down time
(parameters 2-0* and 3-4*).

4.6 Alarms and Warnings

A warning or an alarm is signalled by the relevant LED on
the front of the frequency converter and indicated by a
code on the display.

A warning remains active until its cause is no longer

present. Under certain circumstances operation of the
motor may still be continued. Warning messages may be
critical, but are not necessarily so.

In the event of an alarm, the frequency converter will have

tripped. Alarms must be reset to restart operation once
their cause has been rectified. This may be done in four
ways:

1. By using the [Reset] control button on the LCP.

2. Via a digital input with the “Reset” function.
3. Via serial communication/optional fieldbus.
4. By resetting automatically using the [Auto Reset]
function.

NOTE
After a manual reset using the [RESET] button on the LCP,
the [Auto on] button must be pressed to restart the motor.

If an alarm cannot be reset, the reason may be that its

cause has not been rectified, or the alarm is trip-locked
(see also table on following page).

Alarms that are trip-locked offer additional protection,

since the mains supply must be switched off before the
alarm can be reset. After being switched back on, the

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 63

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

No. Description Warning Alarm/Trip Alarm/Trip Lock Parameter Reference

1 10 Volts low X
2 Live zero error (X) (X) 6-01
3 No motor (X) 1-80
4 Mains phase loss (X) (X) (X) 14-12
5 DC link voltage high X
6 DC link voltage low X
7 DC over voltage X X

4 4 8
9
DC under voltage
Inverter overloaded
X
X
X
X
10 Motor ETR over temperature (X) (X) 1-90
11 Motor thermistor over temperature (X) (X) 1-90
12 Torque limit X X
13 Over Current X X X
14 Earth fault X X X
15 Hardware mismatch X X
16 Short Circuit X X
17 Control word timeout (X) (X) 8-04
18 Start failed X
19 Discharge temp. high X X
22 Hoist mechanical brake X
23 Internal fans
24 External fans
25 Brake resistor short-circuited X
26 Brake resistor power limit (X) (X) 2-13
27 Brake chopper short-circuited X X
28 Brake check (X) (X) 2-15
29 Heatsink temp X X X
30 Motor phase U missing (X) (X) (X) 4-58
31 Motor phase V missing (X) (X) (X) 4-58
32 Motor phase W missing (X) (X) (X) 4-58
33 Inrush fault X X
34 Fieldbus communication fault X X
36 Mains failure
37 Phase imbalance X
38 Internal fault X X
39 Heatsink sensor X X
40 Overload of Digital Output Terminal 27 (X)
41 Overload of Digital Output Terminal 29 (X)
42 Overload of Digital Output on X30/6 or Overload (X)
of Digital Output on X30/7
45 Earth fault 2 X X X
46 Power card supply X X
47 24 V supply low X X X
48 1.8 V supply low X X
49 Speed limit X X
50 AMA calibration failed X
51 AMA check Unom and Inom X
52 AMA low Inom X
53 AMA motor too big X
54 AMA motor too small X
55 AMA parameter out of range X
56 AMA interrupted by user X
57 AMA timeout X

Table 4.2 Alarm/Warning code list

64 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

No. Description Warning Alarm/Trip Alarm/Trip Lock Parameter Reference

58 AMA internal fault X X
59 Current limit X
60 External interlock
61 Encoder loss (X) (X)
62 Output Frequency at Maximum Limit X
63 Mechanical brake low (X)
64 Voltage Limit X
65
66
Control Board Over-temperature
Heat sink Temperature Low
X
X
X X
4 4
67 Option Configuration has Changed X
68 Safe Stop Activated X
69 Power card temperature X X
70 Illegal FC configuration
71 PTC 1 safe stop X X X
72 Dangerous failure X X X
73 Safe stop auto restart X X
76 Power unit setup X
77 Reduced power mode X
78 Tracking error X X
79 Illegal PS config X X
80 Drive Initialised to Default Value X
81 CSIV corrupt X
82 CSIV parameter error X
90 Encoder loss (X) (X)
91 Analog input 54 wrong settings X
92 No-Flow X X 22-2*
93 Dry Pump X X 22-2*
94 End of Curve X X 22-5*
95 Broken Belt X X 22-6*
96 Start Delayed X 22-7*
97 Stop Delayed X 22-7*
98 Clock Fault X 0-7*
100-199 See Operating Instructions for MCO 305
200 Fire mode (X)
201 Fire mode was active (X)
202 Fire mode limits exceeded (X)
243 Brake IGBT X X
244 Heatsink temperature X X X
245 Heatsink sensor X X
246 Power card supply X X
247 Power card temperature X X
248 Illegal PS config X X
250 New spare part X
251 New type code X X

Table 4.3 Alarm/Warning code list, continued..

(X) Dependent on parameter

LED indication
Warning yellow
Alarm flashing red
Trip locked yellow and red

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 65

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Alarm Word and Extended Status Word

Bit Hex Dec Alarm Word Warning Word Extended Status Word
0 00000001 1 Brake Check Brake Check Ramping
1 00000002 2 Pwr. Card Temp Pwr. Card Temp AMA Running
2 00000004 4 Earth Fault Earth Fault Start CW/CCW
3 00000008 8 Ctrl.Card Temp Ctrl.Card Temp Slow Down
4 00000010 16 Ctrl. Word TO Ctrl. Word TO Catch Up
5 00000020 32 Over Current Over Current Feedback High

4 4 6
7
00000040
00000080
64
128
Torque Limit
Motor Th Over
Torque Limit
Motor Th Over
Feedback Low
Output Current High
8 00000100 256 Motor ETR Over Motor ETR Over Output Current Low
9 00000200 512 Inverter Overld. Inverter Overld. Output Freq High
10 00000400 1024 DC under Volt DC under Volt Output Freq Low
11 00000800 2048 DC over Volt DC over Volt Brake Check OK
12 00001000 4096 Short Circuit DC Voltage Low Braking Max
13 00002000 8192 Inrush Fault DC Voltage High Braking
14 00004000 16384 Mains ph. Loss Mains ph. Loss Out of Speed Range
15 00008000 32768 AMA Not OK No Motor OVC Active
16 00010000 65536 Live Zero Error Live Zero Error
17 00020000 131072 Internal Fault 10V Low
18 00040000 262144 Brake Overload Brake Overload
19 00080000 524288 U phase Loss Brake Resistor
20 00100000 1048576 V phase Loss Brake IGBT
21 00200000 2097152 W phase Loss Speed Limit
22 00400000 4194304 Fieldbus Fault Fieldbus Fault
23 00800000 8388608 24 V Supply Low 24V Supply Low
24 01000000 16777216 Mains Failure Mains Failure
25 02000000 33554432 1.8V Supply Low Current Limit
26 04000000 67108864 Brake Resistor Low Temp
27 08000000 134217728 Brake IGBT Voltage Limit
28 10000000 268435456 Option Change Unused
29 20000000 536870912 Drive Initialised Unused
30 40000000 1073741824 Safe Stop Unused

Table 4.4 Description of Alarm Word, Warning Word and Extended Status Word

The alarm words, warning words and extended status words can be read out via serial bus or optional fieldbus for
diagnosis. See also 16-90 Alarm Word, 16-92 Warning Word and 16-94 Ext. Status Word.

Description of Alarm Word 2 and Warning Word 2

Bit Hex Dec Alarm Word 2 Warning Word 2
0 00000001 1 Start Delayed
1 00000002 2 Stop Delayed
9 00000200 512 Discharge Temperature High Discharge Temperature High
10 00000400 1024 Start Limit
11 00000800 2048 Speed Limit

Table 4.5 Compressor specific Alarms and Warnings

66 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

4.7 Warning and Alarm Definitions WARNING/ALARM 7, DC overvoltage

If the intermediate circuit voltage exceeds the limit, the
WARNING 1, 10 Volts low frequency converter trips after a time.
The control card voltage is below 10V from terminal 50.
Troubleshooting
Remove some of the load from terminal 50, as the 10V
Connect a brake resistor
supply is overloaded. Max. 15mA or minimum 590Ω.
Extend the ramp time
This condition can be caused by a short in a connected
potentiometer or improper wiring of the potentiometer. Change the ramp type

Troubleshooting
Remove the wiring from terminal 50. If the warning clears,
Activate the functions in 2-10 Brake Function
Increase 14-26 Trip Delay at Inverter Fault
4 4
the problem is with the customer wiring. If the warning
WARNING/ALARM 8, DC under voltage
does not clear, replace the control card.
If the intermediate circuit voltage (DC link) drops below
WARNING/ALARM 2, Live zero error the under voltage limit, the frequency converter checks if a
This warning or alarm will only appear if programmed by 24V DC backup supply is connected. If no 24V DC backup
the user in 6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function. The signal on supply is connected, the frequency converter trips after a
one of the analog inputs is less than 50% of the minimum fixed time delay. The time delay varies with unit size.
value programmed for that input. This condition can be
Troubleshooting
caused by broken wiring or faulty device sending the
Check that the supply voltage matches the
signal.
frequency converter voltage.
Troubleshooting
Perform input voltage test
Check connections on all the analog input
terminals. Control card terminals 53 and 54 for Perform soft charge circuit test
signals, terminal 55 common. MCB 101 terminals WARNING/ALARM 9, Inverter overload
11 and 12 for signals, terminal 10 common. MCB The frequency converter is about to cut out because of an
109 terminals 1, 3, 5 for signals, terminals 2, 4, 6 overload (too high current for too long). The counter for
common). electronic, thermal inverter protection gives a warning at
Check that the frequency converter programming 98% and trips at 100%, while giving an alarm. The
and switch settings match the analog signal type. frequency converter cannot be reset until the counter is
below 90%.
Perform Input Terminal Signal Test.
The fault is that the frequency converter is overloaded by
WARNING/ALARM 3, No motor more than 100% for too long.
No motor has been connected to the output of the
Troubleshooting
frequency converter. This warning or alarm will only
Compare the output current shown on the LCP
appear if programmed by the user in 1-80 Function at Stop.
with the frequency converter rated current.
Troubleshooting: Check the connection between the
Compare the output current shown on the LCP
frequency converter and the motor.
with measured motor current.
WARNING/ALARM 4, Mains phase loss
Display the Thermal Drive Load on the LCP and
A phase is missing on the supply side, or the mains
monitor the value. When running above the
voltage imbalance is too high. This message also appears
frequency converter continuous current rating,
for a fault in the input rectifier on the frequency converter.
the counter should increase. When running below
Options are programmed at 14-12 Function at Mains
the frequency converter continuous current
Imbalance.
rating, the counter should decrease.
Troubleshooting
See the derating section in the Design Guide for more
Check the supply voltage and supply currents to the
details if a high switching frequency is required.
frequency converter.
WARNING/ALARM 10, Motor ETR over temperature:
WARNING 5, DC link voltage high
According to the electronic thermal protection (ETR), the
The intermediate circuit voltage (DC) is higher than the
motor is too hot. It can be chosen if the frequency
high voltage warning limit. The limit is dependent on the
converter is to give a warning or an alarm when the
frequency converter voltage rating. The unit is still active.
counter reaches 100% in 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection.
WARNING 6, DC link voltage low The fault is that the motor is overloaded by more than
The intermediate circuit voltage (DC) is lower than the low 100% for too long. Check that 1-24 Motor Current is set
voltage warning limit. The limit is dependent on the correctly.
frequency converter voltage rating. The unit is still active.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 67

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
Check if motor is overheating.
If the motor is mechanically overloaded. Remove power and check if the motor shaft can
be turned.
That the 1-24 Motor Current is set correctly.
Check that the motor size matches the frequency
Motor data in 1-20 Motor Power [kW] through 1-25
converter.
Motor Nominal Speed are set correctly.
Check parameters 1-20 through 1-25. for correct
The setting in 1-91 Motor External Fan.
motor data.
4 4 Run AMA in 1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation
(AMA).
ALARM 14, Earth fault
There is a discharge from the output phases to earth,
WARNING/ALARM 11, Motor thermistor over temp either in the cable between the frequency converter and
The thermistor might be disconnected. Select whether the the motor or in the motor itself. Turn off the frequency
frequency converter gives a warning or an alarm in converter and remove the earth fault.
1-90 Motor Thermal Protection.
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check for motor overheating. Turn off the frequency converter and remove the
Check if the motor is mechanically overloaded. earth fault.

When using terminal 53 or 54, check that the Measure the resistance to earth of the motor
thermistor is connected correctly between either leads and the motor with a megohmmeter to
terminal 53 or 54 (analog voltage input) and check for earth faults in the motor.
terminal 50 (+10V supply) and that the terminal ALARM 15, In-complete hardware
switch for 53 or 54 is set for voltage. Check A fitted option is not operational with the present control
1-93 Thermistor Source selects terminal 53 or 54. board hardware or software. Record the value of the
When using digital inputs 18 or 19, check that following parameters and contact your Danfoss supplier:
the thermistor is connected correctly between Troubleshooting
either terminal 18 or 19 (digital input PNP only)
and terminal 50. Check 1-93 Thermistor Source
15-40 FC Type
selects terminal 18 or 19.
15-41 Power Section
WARNING/ALARM 12, Torque limit 15-42 Voltage
The torque has exceeded the value in 4-16 Torque Limit 15-43 Software Version
Motor Mode or the value in 4-17 Torque Limit Generator
Mode. 14-25 Trip Delay at Torque Limit can change this from 15-45 Actual Typecode String
a warning only condition to a warning followed by an 15-49 SW ID Control Card
alarm.
15-50 SW ID Power Card
Troubleshooting
15-60 Option Mounted
If the motor torque limit is exceeded during ramp
up, extend the ramp up time. 15-61 Option SW Version

If the generator torque limit is exceeded during ALARM 16, Short circuit
ramp down, extend the ramp down time. There is short-circuiting in the motor or motor wiring.

If torque limit occurs while running, possibly Remove power to the frequency converter and repair the
increase the torque limit. Be sure the system can short circuit.
operate safely at a higher torque. WARNING/ALARM 17, Control word timeout
Check the application for excessive current draw There is no communication to the frequency converter.
on the motor. The warning will only be active when 8-04 Control Word
Timeout Function is NOT set to OFF.
WARNING/ALARM 13, Over current
If 8-04 Control Word Timeout Function is set to Stop and
The inverter peak current limit (approximately 200% of the
Trip, a warning appears and the frequency converter ramps
rated current) is exceeded. The warning lasts about 1.5
down until it stops then displays an alarm.
secs., then the frequency converter trips and issues an
alarm. This fault may be caused by shock loading or fast
acceleration with high inertia loads. If extended mechanical
brake control is selected, trip can be reset externally.

68 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Troubleshooting: WARNING 25, Brake resistor short circuit

Check connections on the serial communication The brake resistor is monitored during operation. If a short
cable. circuit occurs, the brake function is disabled and the
warning appears. The frequency converter is still
Increase 8-03 Control Word Timeout Time
operational but without the brake function. Remove power
Check the operation of the communication to the frequency converter and replace the brake resistor
equipment. (see 2-15 Brake Check).
Verify a proper installation based on EMC WARNING/ALARM 26, Brake resistor power limit
requirements.
ALARM 18, Start failed
The power transmitted to the brake resistor is calculated as
a mean value over the last 120 seconds of run time. The 4 4
The speed has not been able to exceed AP-70 Compressor calculation is based on the intermediate circuit voltage and
Start Max Speed [RPM] during start within the allowed time. the brake resistance value set in 2-16 AC brake Max.
(set in AP-72 Compressor Start Max Time to Trip). This may Current. The warning is active when the dissipated braking
be caused by a blocked motor. is higher than 90% of the brake resistance power. If Trip [2]
is selected in 2-13 Brake Power Monitoring, the frequency
Warning/ Alarm 19, Discharge Temperature High
converter will trip when the dissipated braking power
Warning:
reaches 100%.
The discharge temperature exceeds the level programmed
in par. 28-24. If so programmed in par. 28-25 the drive WARNING/ALARM 27, Brake chopper fault
lowers the speed of the compressor in an attempt to lower The brake transistor is monitored during operation and if a
the discharge temperature. short circuit occurs, the brake function is disabled and a
warning is issued. The frequency converter is still
Alarm:
operational but, since the brake transistor has short-
The discharge temperature exceeds the level programmed
circuited, substantial power is transmitted to the brake
in par. 28-26.
resistor, even if it is inactive.
WARNING 22, Hoist mechanical brake Remove power to the frequency converter and remove the
The report value will show what kind it is. brake resistor.
0 = The torque reference was not reached before time-out.
1 = There was no brake feedback before the time-out. WARNING
WARNING 23, Internal fan fault There is a risk of substantial power being transmitted to
The fan warning function is an extra protective function the brake resistor if the brake transistor is short-circuited.
that checks if the fan is running/mounted. The fan warning
can be disabled in 14-53 Fan Monitor ([0] Disabled). WARNING/ALARM 28, Brake check failed
The brake resistor is not connected or not working.
For the D, E, and F Frame filters, the regulated voltage to
Check 2-15 Brake Check.
the fans is monitored.
ALARM 29, Heatsink temp
Troubleshooting
The maximum temperature of the heatsink has been
Check for proper fan operation.
exceeded. The temperature fault will not reset until the
Cycle power to the frequency converter and temperature falls below a defined heatsink temperature.
check that the fan operates briefly at start up. The trip and reset points are different based on the
Check the sensors on the heatsink and control frequency converter power size.
card. Troubleshooting
WARNING 24, External fan fault Check for the following conditions.
The fan warning function is an extra protective function Ambient temperature too high.
that checks if the fan is running/mounted. The fan warning Motor cable too long.
can be disabled in 14-53 Fan Monitor ([0] Disabled).
Incorrect airflow clearance above and below the
Troubleshooting frequency converter
Check for proper fan operation.
Blocked airflow around the frequency converter.
Cycle power to the frequency converter and
Damaged heatsink fan.
check that the fan operates briefly at start up.
Dirty heatsink.
Check the sensors on the heatsink and control
card. For the D, E, and F Frame frequency converters, this alarm
is based on the temperature measured by the heatsink
sensor mounted inside the IGBT modules. For the F Frame

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 69

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

frequency converters, this alarm can also be caused by the It may be necessary to contact your Danfoss supplier or
thermal sensor in the rectifier module. service department. Note the code number for further
troubleshooting directions.
Check fan resistance No. Text
Check soft charge fuses 0 Serial port cannot be initialised. Contact your
Danfoss supplier or Danfoss Service Department.
IGBT thermal
256-258 Power EEPROM data is defective or too old
ALARM 30, Motor phase U missing 512-519 Internal fault. Contact your Danfoss supplier or

4 4
Motor phase U between the frequency converter and the Danfoss Service Department.
motor is missing. 783 Parameter value outside of min/max limits
Remove power from the frequency converter and check 1024-1284 Internal fault. Contact your Danfoss supplier or the
motor phase U. Danfoss Service Department.
1299 Option SW in slot A is too old
ALARM 31, Motor phase V missing
1300 Option SW in slot B is too old
Motor phase V between the frequency converter and the
1302 Option SW in slot C1 is too old
motor is missing.
1315 Option SW in slot A is not supported (not allowed)
Remove power from the frequency converter and check 1316 Option SW in slot B is not supported (not allowed)
motor phase V.
1318 Option SW in slot C1 is not supported (not
ALARM 32, Motor phase W missing allowed)
Motor phase W between the frequency converter and the 1379-2819 Internal fault. Contact your Danfoss supplier or
motor is missing. Danfoss Service Department.
Remove power from the frequency converter and check 2820 LCP stack overflow
motor phase W. 2821 Serial port overflow
2822 USB port overflow
ALARM 33, Inrush fault
3072-5122 Parameter value is outside its limits
Too many power-ups have occurred within a short time
5123 Option in slot A: Hardware incompatible with
period. Let the unit cool to operating temperature.
control board hardware
WARNING/ALARM 34, communication fault 5124 Option in slot B: Hardware incompatible with
The fieldbus on the communication option card is not control board hardware
working.
5125 Option in slot C0: Hardware incompatible with
WARNING 35, Out of frequency range control board hardware
This warning is active if the output frequency has reached 5126 Option in slot C1: Hardware incompatible with
4-52 Warning Speed Low or 4-53 Warning Speed High. If the control board hardware
frequency converter is set to closed loop [3] in 1-00 Config- 5376-6231 Internal fault. Contact your Danfoss supplier or
uration Mode, the warning is active in the display. If the Danfoss Service Department.
frequency converter is not in this mode bit 008000 Out of
frequency range in extended status word is active but
ALARM 39, Heatsink sensor
there is no warning in the display.
No feedback from the heatsink temperature sensor.
WARNING/ALARM 36, Mains failure
The signal from the IGBT thermal sensor is not available on
This warning/alarm is only active if the supply voltage to
the power card. The problem could be on the power card,
the frequency converter is lost and 14-10 Mains Failure is
on the gate drive card, or the ribbon cable between the
NOT set to [0] No Function. Check the fuses to the
power card and gate drive card.
frequency converter and mains power supply to the unit.
WARNING 40, Overload of digital output terminal 27
ALARM 37, Phase imbalance
Check the load connected to terminal 27 or remove short-
There is a current imbalance between the power units
circuit connection. Check 5-00 Digital I/O Mode and
ALARM 38, Internal fault 5-01 Terminal 27 Mode.
When an internal fault occurs, a code number defined in
WARNING 41, Overload of digital output terminal 29
the table below is displayed.
Check the load connected to terminal 29 or remove short-
Troubleshooting circuit connection. Check 5-00 Digital I/O Mode and
Cycle power 5-02 Terminal 29 Mode.
Check that the option is properly installed WARNING 42, Overload of digital output on X30/6 or
Check for loose or missing wiring overload of digital output on X30/7
For X30/6, check the load connected to X30/6 or remove
the short-circuit connection. Check 5-32 Term X30/6 Digi
Out (MCB 101).

70 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

For X30/7, check the load connected to X30/7 or remove ALARM 57, AMA internal fault
the short-circuit connection. Check 5-33 Term X30/7 Digi Try to restart AMA again. Repeated restarts may over heat
Out (MCB 101). the motor.
ALARM 46, Power card supply ALARM 58, AMA internal fault
The supply on the power card is out of range. Contact your Danfoss supplier.
There are three power supplies generated by the switch WARNING 59, Current limit
mode power supply (SMPS) on the power card: 24V, 5V, The current is higher than the value in 4-18 Current Limit.
+/- 18V. When powered with 24V DC with the MCB 107 Ensure that Motor data in parameters 1-20 through 1-25
option, only the 24V and 5V supplies are monitored. When
powered with three phase mains voltage, all three supplies
are set correctly. Possibly increase the current limit. Be sure
the system can operate safely at a higher limit.
4 4
are monitored. WARNING 60, External interlock
Troubleshooting A digital input signal is indicating a fault condition external
Check for a defective power card. to the frequency converter. An external interlock has
commanded the frequency converter to trip. Clear the
Check for a defective control card.
external fault condition. To resume normal operation,
Check for a defective option card. apply 24V DC to the terminal programmed for external
If a 24V DC power supply is used, verify proper interlock. Reset the frequency converter.
supply power. WARNING 61, Tracking error
WARNING 47, 24V supply low An error has been detected between the calculated motor
The 24 V DC is measured on the control card. The external speed and the speed measurement from the feedback
24V DC backup power supply may be overloaded, device. The function for Warning/Alarm/ Disable is set in
otherwise contact your Danfoss supplier. 4-30 Motor Feedback Loss Function, error setting in 4-31
Motor Feedback Speed Error, and the allowed error time in
WARNING 48, 1.8V supply low
4-32 Motor Feedback Loss Timeout. During a commissioning
The 1.8V DC supply used on the control card is outside of
procedure the function may be effective.
allowable limits. The power supply is measured on the
control card. Check for a defective control card. If an WARNING 62, Output frequency at maximum limit
option card is present, check for an overvoltage condition. The output frequency has reached the value set in
4-19 Max Output Frequency. Check the application to
WARNING 49, Speed limit
determine the cause. Possibly increase the output
When the speed is not within the specified range in
frequency limit. Be sure the system can operate safely at a
4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM] and 4-13 Motor Speed
higher output frequency. The warning will clear when the
High Limit [RPM], the frequency converter will show a
output drops below the maximum limit.
warning. When the speed is below the specified limit in
1-86 Trip Speed Low [RPM] (except when starting or ALARM 63, Mechanical brake low
stopping) the frequency converter will trip. The actual motor current has not exceeded the “release
brake” current within the “Start delay” time window.
ALARM 50, AMA calibration failed
Contact your Danfoss supplier or Danfoss Service WARNING 64, Voltage limit
Department. The load and speed combination demands a motor
voltage higher than the actual DC link voltage.
ALARM 51, AMA check Unom and Inom
The settings for motor voltage, motor current, and motor WARNING/ALARM 65, Control card over temperature
power are wrong. Check the settings in parameters 1-20 to The cutout temperature of the control card is 80° C.
1-25. Troubleshooting
ALARM 52, AMA low Inom • Check that the ambient operating temperature is
The motor current is too low. Check the setting in within limits.
4-18 Current Limit.
• Check for clogged filters.
ALARM 53, AMA motor too big
• Check fan operation.
The motor is too big for the AMA to operate.
• Check the control card.
ALARM 54, AMA motor too small
The motor is too small for the AMA to operate. WARNING 66, Heatsink temperature low
The frequency converter is too cold to operate. This
ALARM 55, AMA Parameter out of range warning is based on the temperature sensor in the IGBT
The parameter values of the motor are outside of the module.
acceptable range. AMA will not run. Increase the ambient temperature of the unit. Also, a
56 ALARM, AMA interrupted by user trickle amount of current can be supplied to the frequency
The AMA has been interrupted by the user. converter whenever the motor is stopped by setting

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 71

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2-00 DC Hold/Preheat Current at 5% and 1-80 Function at 77 WARNING, Reduced power mode
Stop This warning indicates that the frequency converter is
operating in reduced power mode (i.e. less than the
ALARM 67, Option module configuration has changed
allowed number of inverter sections). This warning will be
One or more options have either been added or removed
generated on power cycle when the frequency converter is
since the last power-down. Check that the configuration
set to run with fewer inverters and will remain on.
change is intentional and reset the unit.
ALARM 78, Tracking error
ALARM 68, Safe stop activated
The difference between set point value and actual value
Loss of the 24V DC signal on terminal 37 has caused the
4 4 filter to trip. To resume normal operation, apply 24V DC to
terminal 37 and reset the filter.
has exceeded the value in 4-35 Tracking Error. Disable the
function by 4-34 Tracking Error Function or select an alarm/
warning also in 4-34 Tracking Error Function. Investigate the
ALARM 69, Power card temperature mechanics around the load and motor, Check feedback
The temperature sensor on the power card is either too connections from motor – encoder – to frequency
hot or too cold. converter. Select motor feedback function in 4-30 Motor
Troubleshooting Feedback Loss Function. Adjust tracking error band in
Check that the ambient operating temperature is 4-35 Tracking Error and 4-37 Tracking Error Ramping.
within limits. ALARM 79, Illegal power section configuration
Check for clogged filters. The scaling card is the incorrect part number or not
installed. Also MK102 connector on the power card could
Check fan operation.
not be installed.
Check the power card.
ALARM 80, Initialisation to Default Value
ALARM 70, Illegal frequency converter configuration Parameter settings are initialised to default setting after a
The control card and power card are incompatible. Contact manual (three-finger) reset.
your supplier with the type code of the unit from the
ALARM 81, CSIV corrupt
nameplate and the part numbers of the cards to check
CSIV file has syntax errors.
compatibility.
ALARM 82, CSIV parameter error
WARNING/ALARM 71, PTC 1 safe stop
CSIV has failed to record a parameter.
Safe Stop has been activated from the MCB 112 PTC
thermistor card (motor too warm). Normal operation can ALARM 91, Analog input 54 wrong settings
be resumed when the MCB 112 applies 24 V DC to T-37 Switch S202 has to be set in position OFF (voltage input)
again (when the motor temperature reaches an acceptable when a KTY sensor is connected to analog input terminal
level) and when the digital input from the MCB 112 is 54.
deactivated. When this happens, a reset signal is sent (via ALARM 92, No flow
serial communication, digital I/O, or by pressing reset A no-flow condition has been detected in the system.
button on LCP). Note that if automatic restart is enabled, 22-23 No-Flow Function is set for alarm. Troubleshoot the
the motor may start when the fault is cleared. system and reset the frequency converter after the fault
ALARM 72, Dangerous failure has been cleared.
Safe stop with trip lock. Unexpected signal levels on safe ALARM 93, Dry pump
stop and digital input from the MCB 112 PTC thermistor A no-flow condition in the system with the frequency
card. converter operating at high speed may indicate a dry
WARNING 73, Safe stop auto restart pump. 22-26 Dry Pump Function is set for alarm.
Safe stopped. Note that with automatic restart enabled, Troubleshoot the system and reset the frequency converter
the motor may start when the fault is cleared. after the fault has been cleared.
WARNING 76, Power unit setup ALARM 94, End of curve
The required number of power units does not match the Feedback is lower than the set point. This may indicate
detected number of active power units. leakage in the system. 22-50 End of Curve Function is set for
alarm. Troubleshoot the system and reset the frequency
Troubleshooting:
converter after the fault has been cleared.
When replacing an F-frame module, this will occur if the
power specific data in the module power card does not ALARM 95, Broken belt
match the rest of the frequency converter. Please confirm Torque is below the torque level set for no load, indicating
the spare part and its power card are the correct part a broken belt. 22-60 Broken Belt Function is set for alarm.
number. Troubleshoot the system and reset the frequency converter
after the fault has been cleared.

72 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

ALARM 96, Start delayed 2 = right inverter module in F1 or F3/F10 or F11

Motor start has been delayed due to short-cycle frequency converter.
protection. 22-76 Interval between Starts is enabled. 3 = right inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or F13
Troubleshoot the system and reset the frequency converter frequency converter.
after the fault has been cleared.
5 = rectifier module.
WARNING 97, Stop delayed
Stopping the motor has been delayed due to short cycle ALARM 245, Heatsink sensor
protection. 22-76 Interval between Starts is enabled. This alarm is only for F Frame/12-pulse frequency
converters. It is equivalent to Alarm 39. The report value in
Troubleshoot the system and reset the frequency converter
after the fault has been cleared. the alarm log indicates which power module generated 4 4
the alarm:
WARNING 98, Clock fault
Time is not set or the RTC clock has failed. Reset the clock 1 = left most inverter module.
in 0-70 Date and Time. 2 = middle inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or
WARNING 200, Fire mode F13 frequency converter.
This indicates the frequency converter is operating in fire 2 = right inverter module in F1 or F3/F10 or F11
mode. The warning clears when fire mode is removed. See frequency converter.
the fire mode data in the alarm log.
3 = right inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or F13
WARNING 201, Fire mode was active frequency converter.
This indicates the frequency converter had entered fire
5 = rectifier module.
mode. Cycle power to the unit to remove the warning. See
the fire mode data in the alarm log. ALARM 246, Power card supply
This alarm is only for F Frame/12-pulse frequency
WARNING 202, Fire mode limits exceeded
converters. It is equivalent to Alarm 46. The report value in
While operating in fire mode one or more alarm conditions
the alarm log indicates which power module generated
have been ignored which would normally trip the unit.
the alarm:
Operating in this condition voids unit warranty. Cycle
power to the unit to remove the warning. See the fire 1 = left most inverter module.
mode data in the alarm log. 2 = middle inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or
Warning 219, Compressor Interlock: F13 frequency converter.
At least one compressor is inversely interlocked via a 2 = right inverter module in F1 or F3/F10 or F11
digital input. The interlocked compressors can be viewed frequency converter.
in par. 25-87.
3 = right inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or F13
ALARM 243, Brake IGBT frequency converter.
This alarm is only for F Frame/12-pulse frequency
5 = rectifier module.
converters. It is equivalent to Alarm 27. The report value in
the alarm log indicates which power module generated ALARM 247, Power card temperature
the alarm: This alarm is only for F Frame/12-pulse frequency
converter. It is equivalent to Alarm 69. The report value in
1 = left most inverter module.
the alarm log indicates which power module generated
2 = middle inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or the alarm:
F13 frequency converter.
1 = left most inverter module.
2 = right inverter module in F1 or F3/F10 or F11
2 = middle inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or
frequency converter.
F13 frequency converter.
3 = right inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or F13
2 = right inverter module in F1 or F3/F10 or F11
frequency converter.
frequency converter.
5 = rectifier module.
3 = right inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or F13
This alarm is only for F Frame/12-pulse frequency frequency converter.
converters. It is equivalent to Alarm 29. The report value in
5 = rectifier module.
the alarm log indicates which power module generated
the alarm: ALARM 248, Illegal power section configuration
This alarm is only for F Frame/12-pulse frequency
1 = left most inverter module.
converters. It is equivalent to Alarm 79. The report value in
2 = middle inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or the alarm log indicates which power module generated
F13 frequency converter. the alarm:

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 73

 Troubleshooting High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 = left most inverter module. 9. Observe the phase to phase waveform on the
output bus bars of each phase of each inverter
2 = middle inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or
module. This waveform should appear the same
F13 frequency converter.
as the normal output waveform of a properly
2 = right inverter module in F1 or F3/F10 or F11 operating drive, except that the amplitude will be
frequency converter. 24 V instead of the full output voltage of a
3 = right inverter module in F2 or F4/F12 or F13 normal drive.
frequency converter. 10. Press the OFF key of the frequency converter,

4 4 5 = rectifier module.
WARNING 250, New spare part
disconnect power from both power supplies, and
reinstall jumper connectors to the SMPS input
plugs on all modules.
A component in the frequency converter has been
replaced. Reset the frequency converter for normal 11. Reinstall the motor output bus bars on all
operation. inverter modules.

WARNING 251, New typecode 12. Apply AC power to the drive.

The power card or other components have been replaced 13. Apply a start command to the drive. Adjust the
and the typecode changed. Reset to remove the warning speed to a nominal level. Observe that the motor
and resume normal operation. is running properly
14. Using a clamp-on style current meter, measure
4.8 After Repair Tests the output current on each phase. All currents
should be balanced.
Following any repair to a frequency converter or testing of
a frequency converter suspected of being faulty, the
Input A

130BX153.10
following procedure must be followed to ensure that all 8.00
circuitry in the frequency converter is functioning properly 6.00
before putting the unit into operation. 4.00
2.00

1. Perform visual inspection procedures as described 0.00 V

in the table Visual Inspection. -2.00

-4.00
2. Perform static test on the frequency converter as -6.00
described in Static Test Procedures. -8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div
3. Remove the three output motor bus bars from
Illustration 4.1 After repair waveform: 2v/div 100us/div run at 10
each inverter module.
Hz
4. Connect a 610 – 800 VDC power supply to the
switch mode power supply (SMPS) input to each
module using the test cable 176F8766.
5. Apply power to the SMPS and observe that the
display lights up properly. (The fans will not
operate when powered in this manner.)
6. Give the frequency converter a run command
(press Hand on) and slowly increase the reference
(speed command) to approximately 40 Hz.
7. Using the Signal Test Board 176F8437 and an
oscilloscope, check the waveform at pins 25 - 30
with the scope referenced to pin 4. This
procedure must be performed on each inverter
module. Each waveform should approximate the
illustration below.
8. Connect a 24 VDC power supply to the DC bus of
the drive. This can be done on the DC bus output
of the rectifier module or the bus bars
connecting to the top side of the DC fuses on
any of the inverter modules.

74 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5 Frequency Converter and Motor Applications

calculating the output waveform in response to the

changing demands of the application.
5.1 Torque Limit, Current Limit, and
Unstable Motor Operation 1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA) activates the
Excessive loading of the frequency converter may result in automatic motor adaptation (AMA) function. When AMA is
warning or tripping on torque limit, overcurrent, or performed, the frequency converter measures the electrical
inverter time. This is not a concern if the frequency resistance of the motor stator windings, R1. Since AMA can
converter is properly sized for the application and not calculate R2, X1, X2, and Xm (1-31 Rotor Resistance (Rr)
intermittent load conditions cause anticipated operation in to 1-35 Main Reactance (Xh)) they must be requested from
the motor manufacturer the optimal performance of the
5 5
torque limit or an occasional trip. However, nuisance or
unexplained occurrences may be the result of improperly drive data. 1-31 Rotor Resistance (Rr) and 1-35 Main
setting specific parameters. The following parameters are Reactance (Xh), as stated, should be set by the values
important in matching the frequency converter to the supplied by the motor manufacturer, or left at the factory
motor for optimum operation. These setting need careful default values.
attention.
Never adjust these parameters to random values even
1-03 Torque Characteristics sets the mode in which though it may seem to improve operation. Such
the frequency converter will operate. adjustments can result in unpredictable operation under
changing conditions.
Parameters 1-20 through 1-29 match the
frequency converter to the motor and adapt to
4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode sets the limit for
the motor characteristics.
frequency converter torque. The factory setting is 160% for
Parameters 4-17 and 14-25 set the torque control FC 302 series and 110% for FC 102FC 102/202 series and
features of the frequency converter for the will vary with motor power setting. For example, a
application. frequency converter programmed to operate a smaller
rated motor will yield a higher torque limit value than the
1-00 Configuration Mode sets the frequency converter for same frequency converter programmed to operate a larger
open or closed loop operation or torque mode operation. size motor. It is important that this value not be set too
In a closed loop configuration, a feedback signal controls low for the requirements of the application. In some cases,
the frequency converter speed. The settings for the PID it may be desirable to have a torque limit set at a lesser
controller play a key role for stable operation in closed value. This offers protection for the application in that the
loop, as described in the Operating Instructions. In open frequency converter will limit the torque. It may, however,
loop, the frequency converter calculates the torque require higher torque at initial start up. Under these
requirement based on current measurements of the motor. circumstances, nuisance tripping may occur.

1-03 Torque Characteristics sets the frequency converter for 14-25 Trip Delay at Torque Limit works in conjunction with
constant or variable torque operation. It is imperative that torque limit. This parameter selects the length of time the
the correct torque characteristic is selected, based on the frequency converter operates in torque limit prior to a trip.
application. If, for example, the load type is constant The factory default value is off. This means that the
torque, such as a conveyor, and variable torque is selected, frequency converter will not trip on torque limit, but it
the frequency converter may have great difficulty starting does not mean it will never trip from an overload
the load, if started at all. Consult the factory if uncertain condition. Built into the frequency converter is an internal
about the torque characteristics of an application. inverter thermal protection circuit. This circuit monitors the
output load on the inverter. If the load exceeds 100% of
Parameters 1-20 through 1-25 configure the frequency the continuous rating of the frequency converter, a timer is
converter for the connected motor. These are motor activated. If the load remains excessive long enough, the
power, voltage, frequency, current, and rated motor speed. frequency converter will trip on inverter time. Adjustments
Accurate setting of these parameters is very important. cannot be made to alter this circuit. Improper parameter
Enter the motor data required as listed on the motor settings effecting load current can result in premature trips
nameplate. For effective and efficient load control, the of this type. The timer can be displayed.
frequency converter relies on this information for

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 75

 Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.1.1 Overvoltage Trips Otherwise, the speed could continue to rise to potentially
unsafe levels.
This trip occurs when the DC bus voltage reaches its DC
bus alarm voltage high (see ratings tables in introductory 5.1.2 Mains Phase Loss Trips
section). Prior to the trip, the frequency converter will
display a high voltage warning. Most times an over voltage The frequency converter actually monitors phase loss by
condition is due to fast deceleration ramps with respect to monitoring the amount of ripple voltage on the DC bus.
the inertia of the load. During deceleration of the load, Ripple voltage on the DC bus is a product of a phase loss.
inertia of the system acts to sustain the running speed. The main concern is that ripple voltage causes overheating
Once the motor frequency drops below the running speed, in the DC bus capacitors and the DC coil. If the ripple
the load begins overhauling the motor. At this point the voltage on the DC bus is left unchecked, the lifetime of
motor becomes a generator and starts returning energy to
5 5
the capacitors and DC coil would be drastically reduced.
the frequency converter. This is called regenerative energy.
Regeneration occurs when the speed of the load is greater When the input voltage becomes unbalanced or a phase
than the commanded speed. This return voltage is rectified disappears completely, the ripple voltage increases. This
by the diodes in the IGBT modules and raises the DC bus. causes the frequency converter to trip and issue the Alarm
If the amount of returned voltage is too high, the 4. In addition to missing phase voltage, increased bus
frequency converter will trip. ripple can be caused by a line disturbance or imbalance.
Line disturbances may be caused by line notching,
There are a few ways to overcome this situation. One defective transformers or other loads that may be effecting
method is to reduce the deceleration rate so it takes the form factor of the AC waveform. Mains imbalances
longer for the frequency converter to decelerate. A general which exceed 3% cause sufficient DC bus ripple to initiate
rule of thumb is that the frequency converter can only a trip.
decelerate the load slightly faster than it would take for
the load to naturally coast to a stop. A second method is Output disturbances can have the same effect of increased
to allow the overvoltage control circuit to take care of the ripple voltage on the DC bus. A missing or lower than
deceleration ramp. When enabled the overvoltage control normal output voltage on one phase can cause increased
circuit regulates deceleration at a rate that maintains the ripple on the DC bus. When a mains imbalance trip occurs,
DC bus voltage at an acceptable level. One caution with it is necessary to check both the input and output voltage
overvoltage control is that it will not make corrections to of the frequency converter.
unrealistic ramp rates. For example, if the deceleration
ramp needs to be 100 seconds due to the inertia, and the
Severe imbalance of supply voltage or phase loss can
ramp rate is set at 3 seconds, overvoltage control will
easily be detected with a voltmeter. Line disturbances
initially engage and then disengage and allow the
most likely need to be viewed through an oscilloscope.
frequency converter to trip. This is purposely done so the
Conduct tests for input imbalance of supply voltage, input
units operation is not misinterpreted. A third method in
waveform, and output imbalance of supply voltage as
controlling regenerated energy is with a dynamic brake.
described in the chapter Troubleshooting.
The frequency converter monitors the level of the DC bus.
Should the level become too high, the frequency converter
switches the resistor across the DC bus and dissipates the 5.1.3 Control Logic Problems
unwanted energy into the external resistor bank mounted
outside of the frequency converter. This will actually Problems with control logic can often be difficult to
increase the rate of deceleration. diagnose, since there is usually no associated fault
indication. The typical complaint is simply that the
Less often is the case that the overvoltage condition is frequency converter does not respond to a given
caused by the load while it is running at speed. In this command. There are two basic commands that must be
case the dynamic brake option can be used or the given to any frequency converter in order to obtain an
overvoltage control circuit. It works with the load in this output. First, the frequency converter must be told to run
way. As stated earlier, regeneration occurs when the speed (start command). Second, the frequency converter must be
of the load is greater than the commanded speed. Should told how fast to run (reference or speed command).
the load become regenerative while the frequency
converter is running at a steady state speed, the The frequency converters are designed to accept a variety
overvoltage circuit will increase the frequency to match of signals. First determine what types of signals the
the speed of the load. The same restriction on the amount frequency converter is receiving. There are six digital
of influence applies. The frequency converter will add inputs (terminals 18, 19, 27, 29, 32, 33), two analog inputs
about 10% to the base speed before a trip occurs. (53 and 54), and the fieldbus (68, 69). The presence of a

76 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

correct reading will indicate that the desired signal has Incorrectly set I/O configuration usually results in the
been detected by the microprocessor of the frequency frequency converternot responding to the function as
converter. See the chapter Frequency Converter Inputs and commanded. It must be remembered that for every control
Outputs. terminal input or output, there are corresponding
parameters settings. These determine how the frequency
Using the status information displayed by the frequency converter responds to an input signal or the type of signal
converter is the best method of locating problems of this present at that output. Utilising an I/O function must be
nature. By selecting within parameter group 0-2* LCP thought of as a two step process. The desired I/O terminal
Display, line 2 or 3 of the display can be set to indicate the must be wired properly, and the corresponding parameter
signals coming in. The presence of a correct reading must be set accordingly. Control terminals are
indicates that the desired signal is detected by the programmed in the 5-0* and 6-0* parameter groups.
microprocessor of the frequency converter. This data also
may be read in parameter group 16-6*. 5.1.5 Motor/Load Problems 5 5
If there is not a correct indication, the next step is to Problems with the motor, motor wiring or mechanical load
determine whether the signal is present at the input on the motor can develop in a number of ways. The motor
terminals of the frequency converter. This can be or motor wiring can develop a phase-to-phase or phase-to-
performed with a voltmeter or oscilloscope in accordance earth short resulting in an alarm indication. Checks must
with the 6.3.16, Input Terminal Signal Test. be made to determine whether the problem is in the
motor wiring or the motor itself. Ensure that the motor
If the signal is present at the terminal, the control card is wiring from the drive meets the F Frame requirements
defective and must be replaced. If the signal is not detailed in the high power operating instructions manual.
present, the problem is external to the frequency
converter. The circuitry providing the signal along with its A motor with unbalanced, or non-symmetrical, impedances
associated wiring must then be checked. on all three phases can result in uneven or rough
operation, or unbalanced output currents. Measurements
5.1.4 Programming Problems should be made with a clamp-on style ammeter to
determine whether the current is balanced on the three
Difficulty with frequency converter operation can be a output phases.
result of improper programming of the frequency
converter parameters. Three areas where programming An incorrect mechanical load will usually be indicated by a
errors may affect drive and motor operation are motor torque limit alarm or warning. Disconnecting the motor
settings, references and limits, and I/O configuration. See from the load, if possible, can determine if this is the case.
section Frequency Converter Inputs and Outputs.
Quite often, the indications of motor problems are similar
The frequency converter must be set up correctly for the to those of a defect in the frequency converter itself. To
motor(s) connected to it. Parameters 1-20 – 1-25 must determine whether the problem is internal or external to
have data from the motor nameplate entered into the the frequency converter, disconnect the motor from the
frequency converter. This enables the frequency converter frequency converter output terminals. If the three voltage
processor to match the frequency converter to power measurements are balanced, the frequency converter is
characteristics of the motor. The most common result of functioning correctly. The problem therefore is external to
inaccurate motor data is the motor drawing higher than the frequency converter.
normal amounts of current to perform the task expected
of it. In such cases, setting the correct values for these If the voltage measurements are not balanced, the
parameters and performing the automatic motor frequency converter is malfunctioning. This typically means
adaptation (AMA) function will usually solve the problem. that one or more output IGBT is not switching on and off
correctly. This can be a result of a defective IGBT or gate
Any references or limits set incorrectly will result in less signal from the gate drive card.
than acceptable frequency converter performance. For
instance, if maximum reference is set too low, the motor
will be unable to reach full speed. These parameters must
be set according to the requirements of the particular
installation. References are set in the parameter group
3-0*.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 77

 Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.2 Internal Frequency Converter Problems Fan Fuse

The fan fuse on each inverter module protects the fan
The vast majority of problems related to failed frequency circuitry from excessive damage in the event of a failure in
converter power components can be identified by the heatsink or door fans. Perform the fan continuity test
performing a visual inspection and the static tests as to determine the location of the defective fan.
described in the test section. However, there are a number
DC Supply Fuse
of possible problems that must be diagnosed in a different
The DC bus connection to each power card contains a fuse
manner. The following discusses many of the most
in the positive DC lead. This is to protect the logic circuitry
common of these problems.
from damage should a fault occur in the SMPS circuitry. It
is not recommended to replace an open DC supply fuse
5.2.1 Overtemperature Faults without checking and possibly replacing the power card in

5 5
that module.
Overtemperature faults in the drive are typically the result
DC Bus Fuses
of blocked airflow or a faulty cooling fan. The overtem-
The DC bus connection to each inverter module is fused to
perature alarm message displayed indicates where the
prevent excessive damage due to a shorted IGBT in the
fault exists.
inverter section. Typically, an open fuse indicates a shorted
Alarm 244, Heatsink Overtemperature. This normally
or failed IGBT in the module.
indicates a heatsink fan not functioning. While an overtem-
perature alarm message is displayed, all cooling fans Note, however, that an IGBT fault may fail the DC bus
should be operating at full speed. Check the fans prior to fuses in adjacent inverter modules due to the quick
resetting the drive to determine the fault location. discharging of the DC capacitors through the shorted IGBT.
Alarm 247, Power Card Overtemperature. This normally Perform a static test on all inverter modules if one or more
indicates that the ambient temperature inside the drive of these fuses are found to be open.
enclosure is too high. Check all air passages to ensure that
nothing is obstructing the air flow. Also check the filters 5.2.3 Current Sensor Faults
for the door fans and clean or replace if necessary.
With either of these alarms, the report value in the Alarm When a current sensor fails, it is indicated sometimes by
Log displays which module experienced the overtem- an overcurrent alarm that cannot be reset, even with the
perature condition. motor leads disconnected.However, the frequency
converter will experience frequent false earth fault trips.
5.2.2 Open (Blown) Fuses This is due to the DC offset failure mode of the sensors.

Open (Blown) Fuses To explain this, it is necessary to investigate the internal

The frequency converter contains fuses protecting internal makeup of a Hall effect type current sensor. Included
circuits from excessive damage in the event of a inside the device is an op-amp to amplify the signal to
component failure. It must be emphasized that an open usable levels in the receiving circuitry. Like any op-amp,
fuse is an indication of a problem in that circuit. Do not the output at zero input level (zero current flow being
replace an open fuse and apply power to the drive measured) should be zero volts, exactly halfway between
without checking for short circuits or component failures. the plus and minus power supply voltages. A tolerance of
See the following descriptions for details. +/- 15mv is acceptable. In a three phase system that is
Mains Input Fuses operating correctly, the sum of the three output currents
An open mains input fuse typically indicates that there is a should always be zero.
shorted power component in either the rectifier or inverter
circuits. Perform the static test procedures to locate the When the sensor becomes defective, the output voltage
failed component(s). level varies by more than the 15mv. The defective current
sensor in that phase indicates current flow when there is
Soft Charge Fuses
none. This results in the sum of the three output currents
Each soft charge card contains three fuses which are in
being a value other than zero, which is an indication of
series with the AC input to the card. This AC input powers
leakage current flowing. If the deviation from zero (current
the soft charge circuit. It also connects to the power card
amplitude) approaches a specific level, the frequency
in each inverter module to supply power for the fans.
converter assumes an earth fault and issues an alarm.
An open soft charge fuse can indicate a short in either the
soft charge rectifier or the fan transformer supplied by that The simplest method of determining whether a current
soft charge card. To locate the source of the problem, sensor is defective is to disconnect the motor from the
perform the static test procedure for the soft charge frequency converter, and then observe the current in the
rectifier and the fan continuity test. frequency converter display. With the motor disconnected,

78 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

the current should be zero. A frequency converter with a

defective current sensor will indicate some current flow. An
indication of a fraction of one amp is tolerable. However,
that value should be considerably less than one amp. If the
display shows more than one amp of current, there is a
defective current sensor.

To determine which current sensor is defective, measure

the voltage offset at zero current for each current sensor.
See the current sensor test procedure.

5.3 Electromagnetic Interference 5 5

5.3.1 Effect of EMI

The following is an overview of general signal and power

wiring considerations when addressing the Electro-
magnetic Compatibility (EMC) concerns for typical
commercial and industrial equipment. High-frequency RF
emissions and immunity are discussed. Compliance to
national and European CE EMC directives are required.

While electromagnetic interference (EMI) related distur-

bances to frequency converter operation are uncommon,
the following detrimental EMI effects may be seen:

Motor speed fluctuations

Serial communication transmission errors
Drive CPU exception faults
Unexplained frequency converter trips
A disturbance resulting from other nearby equipment is
more common. Generally, other industrial control
equipment has a high level of EMI immunity. However,
non-industrial, commercial, and consumer equipment is
often susceptible to lower levels of EMI. Detrimental effects
to these systems may include the following:

Pressure/flow/temperature signal transmitter

signal distortion or aberrant behaviour
Radio and TV interference
Telephone interference
Computer network data loss
Digital control system faults

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 79

 Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.3.2 Sources of EMI

Modern Frequency converters (see illustration below) utilise IGBTs to provide an efficient and cost effective means to create
the Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) output waveform necessary for accurate motor control. These devices rapidly switch the
fixed DC bus voltage creating a variable frequency, and variable voltage PWM waveform. This high rate of voltage change
[dV/dt] is the primary source of the frequency converters generated EMI.

The high rate of voltage change caused by the IGBT switching creates high frequency EMI.

130BX137.10
Rectifier DC Bus Inverter

5 5
Filter reactor

AC Line Motor
IGBT

Filter capacitor

Sine wave PWM waveform

Illustration 5.1 F-frame Functionality Diagram

130BX422.10

Rectifier DC Bus Inverter

Filter reactor
AC Line IGBT
T1 Motor
L11
L21 T2
L31 T3

Filter capacitor
Sine wave PWM waveform

AC Line Filter reactor

L12
L22
L32
Filter capacitor

Illustration 5.2 12-pulse Functionality Diagram

80 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.3.3 EMI Propagation

Frequency converter generated EMI is both conducted to the mains and radiated to nearby conductors. See Illustration 5.3.

Stray capacitance between the motor conductors, equipment earth, and other nearby conductors results in induced high
frequency currents.

High earth circuit impedance at high frequencies results in an instantaneous voltage at points reputed to be at earth
potential. This voltage can appear throughout a system as a common mode signal that can interfere with control signals.

Theoretically, these currents will return to the frequency converter’s DC bus via the earth circuit and a high frequency (HF)
bypass network within the frequency converter itself. However, imperfections in the frequency converter earthing or the
equipment earth system can cause some of the currents to travel out to the power network.
5 5
Unprotected or poorly routed signal conductors located close to or in parallel to motor and mains conductors are
susceptible to EMI.

Signal conductors are especially vulnerable when they are run parallel to the power conductors for any distance. EMI
coupled into these conductors can affect either the frequency converter or the interconnected control device. See
Illustration 5.5.

While these currents will tend to travel back to the frequency converter, imperfections in the system will cause some
current to flow in undesirable paths thus exposing other locations to the EMI.

High frequency currents can be coupled into the mains supplying the frequency converter when the mains conductors are
located close to the motor cables.

VFD
130BX138.11
Motor

AC Line Motor cable

Stray capacitance Stray capacitance

Ground Potential 1 Potential 2 Potential 3

Illustration 5.3 Earth Currents

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 81

 Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Frequency
Converter

130BX139.12
Motor

A C Li ne Motor cable

Stray capacitance

Signal wiring to BMS

5 5 Illustration 5.4 Signal Conductor Currents

Frequency

130BX140.12
Converter
Motor

AC Line Motor cable

Stray capacitance

AC Line

Illustration 5.5 Alternate Signal Conductor Currents

82 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.3.4 Preventive Measures the conductors are routed close to other susceptible
conductors, or if the system is suspected to cause EMI
EMI-related problems are more effectively alleviated during problems, alternate motor wiring methods should be
the design and installation phases rather than after the considered.
system is in service. Many of the steps listed here can be Installing screened power cable is the most effective
implemented at a relatively low cost when compared to means to alleviate EMI problems. The cable’s screen forces
the cost for identifying and fixing the problem later in the the noise current to flow directly back to the frequency
field. converter before it gets back into the power network or
takes other undesirable and unpredictable high frequency
Earthing paths. Unlike most signal wiring, the screening on the
The frequency converter and motor should be solidly motor cable should be terminated at both ends.

5 5
earthed to the equipment frame. A good high frequency
If a screened motor cable is not available, then three—
connection is necessary to allow the high frequency
phase conductors along with earth in a conduit will
currents to return back to the frequency converter rather
provide some degree of protection. This technique will not
than to travel through the power network. The earth
be as effective as screened cable due to the unavoidable
connection will be ineffective if it has high impedance to
contact of the conduit with various points within the
high frequency currents. Therefore it should be as short
equipment.
and direct as practical. Flat-braided cable has lower high-
frequency impedance than round cable. Simply mounting Serial Communications Cable Selection
the frequency converter or motor onto a painted surface There are various serial communication interfaces and
will not create an effective earth connection. In addition, protocols in the market. Each of these recommends one or
running a separate earth conductor directly between the more specific types of twisted-pair, screened twisted-pair,
frequency converter and the running motor is or proprietary cables. Refer to the manufacturer’s
recommended. documentation when selecting these cables. Similar
recommendations apply to serial communication cables as
Cable Routing
to other signal cables. Using twisted-pair cables and
Avoid routing motor wiring, mains wiring, and signal
routing them away from power conductors is encouraged.
wiring in parallel. If parallel routing is unavoidable, try to
While screened cable provides additional EMI protection,
maintain a separation of 200 mm (6–8 inches) between the
the screen capacitance may reduce the maximum
cables or separate them with a earthed conductive
allowable cable length at high data rates.
partition. Avoid routing cables through free air.
Signal Cable Selection
Single conductor 600 volt rated wires provide the least
protection from EMI. Twisted-pair and screened twist-pair
cables are available which are specifically designed to
minimise the effects of EMI. While unscreened twisted-pair
cables are often adequate, screened twisted-pair cables
provide another degree of protection. The signal cable’s
screen should be terminated in a manner that is
appropriate for the connected equipment. Avoid
terminating the screen through a pigtail connection as this
increases the high frequency impedance and spoils the
effectiveness of the screen. Refer to Section Earthing
Screened Cables.
A simple alternative is to twist the existing single
conductors to provide a balanced capacitive and inductive
coupling. This cancels out differential mode interference.
While not as effective as true twisted-pair cable, it can be
implemented in the field using the materials on hand.
Motor Cable Selection
The management of the motor conductors has the
greatest influence on the EMI characteristics of the system.
These conductors should receive the highest attention
whenever EMI is a problem. Single conductor wires provide
the least protection from EMI emissions. Often, if these
conductors are routed separately from the signal and
mains wiring, then no further consideration is needed. If

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 83

 Frequency Converter and Mot... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

5.3.5 Proper EMC Installation closer an installation resembles this example the better
immunity the network will have against EMI. Should EMI
Shown in the illustration below is a correct installation problems arise in an installation, refer to this example.
with EMC considerations in mind. Although most instal- Attempt to replicate this installation recommendation as
lations will not follow all the recommended practices the closely as possible to alleviate such problems.

130BA048.13
5 5
PLC etc. Panel

Output con-
tactor etc.

PLC

Earthing rail

Cable insula-
tion stripped

Min. 16 mm2
Equalizing cable

All cable entries in

one side of panel
Control cables

Min. 200mm Motor cable

between con-
trol cables,
Mains-supply motor cable and
mains cable
L1
L2
L3
PE Motor, 3 phases and
Reinforced protective earth
Protective earth

Illustration 5.6 Proper EMC Installation

84 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

6 Test Procedures

to the frequency converter as described in Initial Start Up

or After Repair frequency converter Tests.
6.1 Introduction
6.1.1 Tools Required for Testing
WARNING
Touching electrical parts of frequency converter may be Metric socket set 7–19 mm
fatal even after equipment has been disconnected from AC Socket extensions 100 mm–150 mm (4 in and 6 in)
power. Wait 40 minutes after power has been removed Torx driver set T10 - T50
Torque wrench 0.675–19 Nm (6–170 in-lbs)
before touching any internal components to ensure that Needle nose pliers
capacitors have fully discharged. Magnetic sockets
Ratchet
Screwdrivers Standard and Philips
This section contains detailed procedures for testing F
Frame and 12-pulse series frequency converters. Previous
6 6
Additional Tools Recommended for Testing
sections of this manual provide symptoms, alarms and
other conditions which require additional test procedures Digital volt/ohmmeter (must be rated for 1200 VDC for 690 V units)
to further diagnose the frequency converter. The results of Analog voltmeter
Oscilloscope
these tests indicate the appropriate repair actions. Again, Clamp-on style ammeter
because the frequency converter monitors input and Test cable p/n 176F8766
output signals, motor conditions, AC and DC power and Signal test board p/n 176F8437
Power supply: 610 - 800 VDC, 250 mA to supply external power to 4
other functions, the source of fault conditions may exist power cards and the control card.
outside of the frequency converter itself. Testing described Power supply : 24 VDC, 2 A for external 24 V power supply.
here will isolate many of these conditions as well. The
Disassembly and Assembly Instructions describe detailed 6.1.2 Signal Test Board
procedures for removing and replacing components, as
required.
The signal test board can be used to test circuitry within
the frequency converter and provides easy access to test
Frequency converter testing is divided into Static Tests, points. The test board plugs into the top of the modules.
Dynamic Tests, and Initial Start Up or After Repair Frequency Its use is described in the procedures where called out. See
Converter Tests. Static tests are conducted without power Section 9, Signal Test Board, for detailed pin descriptions.
applied to the frequency converter. The purpose of static
testing is to check for shorted power components. Most
frequency converter problems can be diagnosed simply
with these tests. Static tests are performed with little or no
disassembly. Perform these tests on any unit suspected of
containing faulty power components prior to applying
power.

WARNING
130BX66.10

Use extreme caution when conducting tests on a powered

frequency converter. For dynamic test procedures, main
input power is required. All line powered devices and
Illustration 6.1 Signal test board
power supplies are energized at rated voltage. Contact
with powered components could result in electrical shock
and personal injury.
6.2 Static Test Procedures
Dynamic tests are performed with power applied to the
All static tests should be made with a meter capable of
frequency converter. Dynamic testing traces signal circuitry
testing diodes. Use a digital volt/ohm meter (VOM) set on
to isolate faulty components.
the diode scale or an analog ohmmeter set on Rx100 scale.
Before making any checks disconnect all input, motor and
Replace any defective component and retest the frequency brake resistor connections.
converter with the new component before applying power

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 85

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

NOTE
Perform the static test procedures described in this section
in the order presented for best troubleshooting results.

Diode Drop
A diode drop reading will vary depending on the model of
ohmmeter. Whatever the ohmmeter displays as a typical
forward bias diode is defined as a "diode drop" in these
procedures. With a typical DVM, the voltage drop across
most components will be around 0.300 to 0.500. The
opposite reading is referred to as infinity and most DMVs
will display the value OL for overload.

6 6

86 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

6.2.1 Rectifier Module Static Test

3
12

11
4
6 6

5
10
6

8
7
Illustration 6.2 F-frame Rectifier Module Test Points

1 Rectifier module 7 Module lifting eye bolts (mounted on vertical strut)

2 DC bus bar 8 Module heatsink fan
3 SMPS fuse 9 Fan door cover
4 (Optional) back AC fuse mounting bracket (T) 10 SMPS fuse
5 (Optional) middle AC fuse mounting bracket (S) 11 Power card
6 (Optional) front AC fuse mounting bracket (R) 12 Panel connectors

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 87

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

130BX430.10
2

6 6

Illustration 6.3 12-pulse Rectifier Module Test Points

1 12-pulse rectifier module 4 Fan fuses

2 DC bus bar 5 AC mains fuses
3 SMPS fuse 6 AC connectors

88 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

6.2.1.1 Soft Charge Fuse Test Each reading should show infinity. The meter will start at a
This test is used to determine if any of the soft charge low value and slowly climb towards infinity due to
fuses are open. capacitance within the drive being charged by the meter.

Use the 12-pin connector on the top of the rectifier Incorrect reading
module for testing. With the Part I test connection, the SCRs in the SCR/Diode
modules are reverse biased so they are blocking current
1. L1 to pins 6, 11, and 12 (red wires). flow. If a short circuit exists, it would be possible that
2. L2 to pins 4, 9, and 10 (white wires). either the SCRs or the diodes in the soft charge rectifier
are shorted. To isolate between SCRs or the soft charge
3. L3 to pins 2, 7, and 8 (black wires).
rectifier, internal module testing must be performed.
A measurement of 0 Ω indicates good continuity. Replace
Main rectifier circuit test part II
any open fuses (infinite resistance). Note that the rectifier
1. Reverse meter leads by connecting negative (–)
module must be removed to replace fuses.
meter lead to positive (+) DC bus.
1 2. Connect positive (+) meter lead to L1, L2, and L3
in turn. Each reading should show a diode drop. 6 6
Incorrect reading
With the Part II test connection, even though the SCRs in
the SCR/Diode modules are forward biased by the meter,
current will not flow through the SCRs without providing a
signal to their gates. The upper diodes in the soft charge
rectifier are forward biased so the meter reads the voltage
2
drop across those diodes.
If an open reading were present, it would indicate the
upper diodes in the soft charge rectifier are open. It could
also indicate that one or more of the soft charge fuses are
open. It could further indicate that the soft charge resistor
is open. To isolate between the three possibilities, internal
module testing must be performed.
A short circuit reading indicates either one or more of the
upper soft charge rectifier diodes are shorted or the SCRs
Illustration 6.4 Rectifier Detail are shorted in the SCR/Diode module. To isolate between
SCRs or the soft charge rectifier, internal module testing
must be performed.
1 Rectifier module 2 12-pin connector
Main rectifier circuit test part III
1. Connect positive (+) meter lead to negative (-) DC
6.2.1.2 Soft Charge and Rectifier Circuit Test bus.
Both the rectifier and soft charge circuits are tested
simultaneously. The soft charge circuit is made up of the 2. Connect negative (–) meter lead to terminals L1,
soft charge rectifier, fuses and the soft charge resistor. The L2 and L3 in turn. Each reading should show a
rectifier circuit is made up of the SCR/Diode modules. The diode drop.
soft charge resistor limits the inrush current when power is
applied to the drive. The soft charge circuit card also Incorrect reading With the Part III test connection, the
provides snubbing for the SCRs. diodes in the SCR/Diode modules are forward biased as
well as the lower diodes in the soft charge rectifier. The
It is important to pay close attention to the polarity of the
meter reads the diode drops. If a short circuit exists it
meter leads to ensure identification of a faulty component
would be possible that either the diodes in the SCR/Diode
should an incorrect reading appear.
modules or the lower diodes in the soft charge rectifier are
Remove the safety covers to access the unit. shorted. To isolate between SCRs or the soft charge
rectifier, internal module testing must be performed.
Main rectifier circuit test part I
1. Connect positive (+) meter lead to positive (+) DC Although an open reading is possible, it is unlikely since
bus. that indicates that both the diodes in the SCR/diode
2. Connect negative (–) meter lead to terminals L1, modules and the lower diodes in the soft charge rectifier
L2, and L3 in turn. are open. Should that occur, replace both diodes.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 89

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Main rectifier circuit test part IV

1. Reverse meter leads by connecting negative (–)
meter lead to negative (-) DC bus.
2. Connect positive (+) meter lead to L1, L2 and L3
in turn. Each reading should show infinity. 3
Each reading should show infinity. The meter will start at a
low value and slowly climb toward infinity due to
4
capacitance within the frequency converter being charged
by the meter.

Incorrect reading
With the Part IV test connection, the diodes in the SCR/
Diode modules are reversed biased as well as the lower
diodes in the soft charge rectifier. If a short circuit exists it
6 6 would be possible that either the diodes in the SCR/Diode
modules or the lower diodes in the soft charge rectifier are
shorted. To isolate between SCRs or the soft charge
rectifier, internal module testing must be performed.

6.2.2 Inverter Module Static Tests 2

The inverter module is primarily made up of the IGBTs

used for switching the DC bus voltage to create the output
to the motor. The IGBTs are grouped into three per
module. The frequency converter also has snubber
capacitors on each IGBT module.
1

WARNING 2

Before testing the inverter module, ohm check the top and Illustration 6.5 F-frame inverter module test points
bottom of the DC fuses to ensure no voltage is present.
Dangerous and even fatal voltage levels can be present if
the capacitors are not fully discharged 1 Brake option jumper bus bar (step 1)
2 Motor jumper bus bar (step 2)
3 Negative (-) DC link fuse block
Remove the safety covers to access the unit. 4 Positive (+) DC link fuse block

6.2.2.1 Test Point Access

To access test points in the module, remove the bus bars

as follows.
1. If brake option is present, remove 2 brake option
jumpers bus bars from each module by removing
attaching nut on each end of bus bar.
2. Remove 3 motor jumper bus bars from each
module by removing attaching nut on each end
of bus bar.
3. Remove positive DC jumper bus bar from fuse by
removing attaching hardware on each end of bus
bar.
4. Remove negative DC jumper bus bar from fuse
by removing attaching hardware on each end of
bus bar.

90 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 2
6.2.2.2 Inverter test part I

130BA861.10
1. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the (+)
positive DC bus bar.
3
2. Connect the negative (–) meter lead to terminals
U, V, and W in sequence.
7 2
1

4, 8, 9

4
6 6

5
5

1 Top (-)DC link fuse bus bar

2 (-)DC link fuse (none in 12-pulse models F8/F9)
3 Top (+)DC link fuse bus bar
4 (+)DC link fuse (none in 12-pulse models F8/F9)
5 Bottom (+)DC link fuse bus bar

Each reading should show infinity. The meter will start at a

low value and slowly climb toward infinity due to
6 capacitance within the frequency converter being charged
by the meter.
Illustration 6.6 12-pulse inverter module test points

6.2.2.3 Inverter test part II

1 External temperature monitoring
2 Relay 1 (01, 02, 03) and relay 2 (04, 05, 06) 1. Reverse the meter leads by connecting the
3 NAMUR negative (–) meter lead to the positive (+) DC bus
4 AUX fan (MK100, MK101, MK102, MK103)
5 Brake terminals 81 (-R), 82 (+R) bar.
6 Motor connections (96 (U), 97 (V), 98 (W)
2. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to U, V, and
7 NAMUR fuses
8 Fan fuses W in sequence. Each reading should show a
9 SMPS fuses diode drop.
Incorrect reading
Before starting tests, ensure that meter is set to diode An incorrect reading in any inverter test indicates a failed
scale. IGBT in that inverter module. Replace the IGBT module
according to the disassembly instructions. The inverter
module must be removed to replace the IGBT module.
Inverter test part III
1. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the
negative (-) DC bus bar.
2. Connect the negative (–) meter lead to terminals
U, V, and W in sequence. Each reading should
show a diode drop.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 91

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Inverter test part IV Incorrect reading

1. Reverse the meter leads by connecting the An incorrect reading on any of the above tests indicates
negative (–) meter lead to the negative (-) DC bus the brake IGBT is defective. Replace the brake IGBT per the
bar. disassembly procedure. The inverter module must be
removed to replace the IGBT brake.
2. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to U, V, and
W in sequence.
Each reading should show infinity. The meter will start at a
6.2.4 Fan Continuity Test
low value and slowly climb toward infinity due to
Make all continuity checks using an ohmmeter set to Rx1
capacitance within the frequency converter being charged
scale. A digital or analog ohmmeter can be used. Some
by the meter.
instability may result when measuring resistance of a
Incorrect reading transformer with a multimeter. This can be reduced by
An incorrect reading in any inverter test indicates a failed turning off the auto-ranging function and setting the
module. Replace the IGBT module according to the measurement manually.
disassembly instructions. The inverter module must be
6 6 removed to replace the IGBT module.
Control Source Fan Location
Inverter module 2 Rectifier cabinet door
6.2.3 Brake IGBT Test Inverter module 2 Inverter cabinet left door
Inverter module 2 Inverter cabinet right door
This test can only be carried out on units equipped with a Inverter module 1 Rectifier heatsink
dynamic brake option. Inverter module 1 Inverter module 1 heatsink
Inverter module 2 Inverter module 2 heatsink
1. Remove the safety covers to access the unit. Inverter module 3 (if unit has 3 Inverter module 3 heatsink
2. Note the position of the brake jumper bus bars modules)
prior to removal. The tops of the bus bars are
connected to the motor lead bus bars as referred Check 1: Fan Fuse Test
to in the following test procedures. Check the 15 amp fan fuse on the top of each inverter
3. Remove the brake jumper bus bars module.

Brake IGBT test part I An open fuse could indicate additional faults. Replace the
1. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the brake fuse and continue the fan checks.
resistor terminal R+ (82). Check 2: Continuity from the AC Input Terminals to Each
2. Connect the negative (-) meter lead to the brake Inverter Module.
resistor terminal R- (81). For the following tests, unplug the 10-pin connector on
the top of each Inverter Module. Read the terminals on the
The reading should indicate infinity. The meter may start
Inverter Module side of the connector (female connector).
out at a value and climb toward infinity as capacitance is
The 8-pin connector must be plugged into the top of the
charged within the frequency converter.
Inverter Module. The 12-pin connector must be plugged
into the top of the Rectifier Module.
Brake IGBT test part II
1. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the brake 1. Measure from L3 (T) to terminal 1. Reading of <1
resistor terminal R- (81). Ohm should be indicated. This measurement
should be made once for each Inverter Module.
2. Connect the negative (-) meter lead to the brake
resistor terminal R+ (82). 2. Measure from L3 (S) to terminal 2. Reading of <1
Ohm should be indicated. This measurement
The reading should indicate a diode drop. should be made once for each Inverter Module.
Incorrect reading
Brake IGBT test part III
1. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the brake An incorrect reading could indicate a number of different
resistor terminal R- (81). problems.

2. Connect the negative (-) meter lead to the 1. Perform the Rectifier Module Soft Charge Fuse
negative (-) DC bus. Test. If any soft charge fuses are open, replace
the fuse and retest the fan continuity.
The reading should indicate infinity. The meter may start
out at a value and climb toward infinity as capacitance is 2. Check the wire harness between the Rectifier
charged within the frequency converter. Module and each Inverter Module. At the Rectifier

92 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Module this is the 12-pin connector. At each the wire harness side of the connector (male
Inverter Module this is the 8-pin connector. If the connector).
wire harness is the problem, replace and retest 2. Measure between pins 5 and 10. Should read
the fan continuity.
approximately 16 Ω.
3. If the above checks do not identify the problem,
Incorrect reading
remove the faulty Inverter Module and check the
connections between the connectors on the top
An incorrect reading could indicate a failed fan or a bad
of the module and the power card. If these
wire harness.
connections are the problem, replace and retest
the fan continuity.
To check fans
After this check, plug in all connectors on top of the
1. Disconnect the wiring from the fan terminals.
Rectifier Module and the Inverter Modules.
2. Read across the fan terminals on each fan. A
Check 3: Fan Transformer Ohm Test reading of approximately 47 Ω is expected.
For the following test, unplug the 10-pin connector on the
top of each Inverter Module. Read the terminals on the
Replace any defective fans and repeat the test.
Reconnect the 10-pin connector on top of Inverter Module
6 6
connector end of the wire harness (male connector). number 2.
Remember the same test should be performed for each
fan transformer. There is one fan transformer for each Check 5: Rectifier Heat Sink Fan and Option Cabinet Door
Inverter Module installed in the drive. Fan
Readings for T4/T5 drives 1. Unplug the 10-pin connector from the top of
1. Measure between pins 1 and 2. Should read Inverter Module number 1. Read the terminals on
approximately 4 Ω. the wire harness side of the connector (male
2. Measure between pins 1 and 7. Should read connector).
approximately 3 Ω. 2. If F1 or F2 Frame Drive (no option cabinet),
3. Measure between pins 2 and 7. Should read measure between pins 5 and 10. Should read
approximately 1 Ω. approximately 21 Ω.

Readings for T7 drives 3. If F3 or F4 Frame Drive (with option cabinet),

1. Measure between pins 1 and 2. Should read measure between pins 5 and 10. Should read
approximately 7.4 Ωs. approximately 15 Ω.

2. Measure between pins 1 and 7. Should read Incorrect Reading

approximately 3.6 Ω.
In incorrect reading could indicate a failed fan or a bad
3. Measure between pins 2 and 7. Should read
wire harness.
approximately 3.2 Ω.
Incorrect reading 1. Perform the Heat Sink Fan Ohm test on the
Rectifier Module.
An incorrect reading would indicate a defective fan
2. If F3 or F4 Frame (with option cabinet), perform
transformer. Replace the fan transformer.
the Option Cabinet Door Fan test.

After this check, plug in the 10-pin connector on the top 3. If the above checks do not identify the problem,
of each Inverter Module. remove the faulty Rectifier Module and check the
connections between the connectors on the top
of the module and the power card. If these
Check 4: Inverter Cabinet and Rectifier Cabinet Door Fans
connections are the problem, replace and retest
This checks the wiring between the Inverter Module and
the fan continuity.
the Cabinet Door Fans. All three door fans are controlled
from Inverter Module number 2 (middle inverter module in If the above checks do not identify the problem, replace
F2/F4 drive or right inverter module in F1/F3 drive). the wire harness between Inverter Module number 1 and
the Rectifier Module. Reconnect the 10-pin connector on
1. Unplug the 10-pin connector from the top of
top of Inverter Module number 1.
Inverter Module number 2. Read the terminals on

Check 6: Heat Sink Fan Ohm Test

Check the resistance of the heat sink fan on each module.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 93

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Rectifier Module Incorrect reading

1. Unplug the 8-pin connector from the top of the
Rectifier Module. Read the terminals on the In incorrect reading could indicate a failed fan or a bad
Rectifier Module side of the connector (female wire harness. Measure the fan resistance at the Option
connector). Cabinet Door Fan. If bad, replace the door fan. If good,
2. Measure between pins 1 and 4. Should read replace the wire harness.
approximately 21 Ω.
Reconnect the 8-pin connector on top of the Rectifier
Inverter Module
Module.
1. Unplug the 10-pin connector from the top of
each Inverter Module. Read the terminals on the
Inverter Module side of the connector (female 6.3 Dynamic Test Procedures
connector).
2. Measure between pins 5 and 10. Should read
6.3.1 Split Bus Mode
approximately 21 Ω.
6 6 Incorrect Reading
Powering the drive in the split bus mode allows dynamic
testing on the drive in a safer manner.
In the split bus mode, the DC bus in each module is split
An incorrect reading would indicate either a defective heat into two portions. One connects to the DC bus and power
sink fan or defective wiring to the fan. card to provide low voltage power for the SMPS. By
powering only the SMPS in each module, the various logic
Follow the instructions for removing the heat sink fan. circuits can be tested without the danger of damaging the
Make the following measurements on the connector power components.
leading to the fan The other provides low voltage power to the DC capacitors
and the output IGBTs for test purposes. A low voltage
1. Measure between pins 1 and 2. Should read power supply connected to the DC bus allows testing the
approximately 21 Ω. functionality of the output section safely.
The following procedure will be referred to throughout the
2. Measure between pins 1 and 3. Should read dynamic test section.
approximately 45 Ω.
3. Measure between pins 2 and 3. Should read Powering the Drive in Split Bus Mode
approximately 68 Ω. 1. Ensure that AC power has been removed and
4. Measure between pins 1 and 4. Should read that all DC capacitors are fully discharged.
open. 2. Remove the top and bottom safety covers from
5. Measure between pins 2 and 4. Should read each inverter module as well as the top safety
open. cover from the rectifier module.

6. Measure between pins 3 and 4. Should read 3. If a motor is connected to the drive, remove all
open. output bus bars from each inverter module. Also
remove the brake bus bars if the drive is
Incorrect reading equipped with the brake option.
4. Remove the plugs from the 6-pin sockets on each
An incorrect reading indicates a failed fan. Replace the fan.
module.

If the fan is OK, the problem is the wire harness inside the 5. Connect the power supply cable (p/n 176F8766)
module. Remove the module in question and replace the to the 6-pin sockets of each module.
fan wire harness. 6. Connect a 610 – 800VDC power supply to the
input end of the power supply cable.
Check 7: Option Cabinet Door Fan (only F3/F4) 7. Apply power to the power supply. The LCP
This checks the wiring between the Rectifier Module and should light up as if the drive were powered
the Option Cabinet Door Fan. normally.
1. Unplug the 8-pin connector from the top of the 8. Warning 24, External Fan Failure will be displayed
Rectifier Module. Read the terminals on the wire in the LCP. This is because the fan circuitry is not
harness side of the connector (male connector). powered in this mode. This will not affect the
2. Measure between pins 5 and 8. Should read operation.
approximately 47 Ω.

94 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

6.3.2 Warnings range of 446 to 759 VAC. Readings of less than 446 VAC
indicate problems with the input AC line voltage.

WARNING In addition to the actual voltage reading, the balance of

Never disconnect the input cabling to the frequency the voltage between the phases is also important. The
converter with power applied due to danger of severe drive can operate within specifications as long as the
injury or death. phase imbalance is not more than 3%.

WARNING Danfoss calculates line imbalance per an IEC specification.

Take all the necessary safety precautions for system start Imbalance = 0.67 X (Vmax – Vmin) / Vavg
up prior to applying power to the frequency converter.
For example, if three phase readings were taken and the
WARNING results were 500 VAC, 478.5 VAC, and 478.5 VAC; then 500
VAC is Vmax, 478.5 VAC is Vmin, and 485.7 VAC is Vavg,
For dynamic test procedures, main input power is required
and all devices and power supplies connected to mains are
resulting in an imbalance of 3%.
6 6
energized at rated voltage. Use extreme caution when
Although the drive can operate at higher line imbalances,
conducting tests in a powered frequency converter.
the lifetime of components, such as DC bus capacitors, will
Contact with powered components could result in
be shortened.
electrical shock and personal injury.

Incorrect reading
NOTE An incorrect reading here requires that the main supply be
Test procedures in this section are numbered for reference investigated further. Typical items to check would be:
only. Tests do not need to be performed in this order.
Perform tests only as necessary. Open (blown) input fuses or tripped circuit
breakers

6.3.3 No Display Text Open disconnects or line side contactors

Problems with the power distribution system
A frequency converter with no display can be the result of
several causes.
CAUTION
If the LCD display is completely dark and the green power- Open (blown) input fuses or tripped circuit breakers
on LED is not lit, proceed with the following tests. usually indicate a more serious problem. Prior to replacing
fuses or resetting breakers, perform static tests.
First test for proper input voltage.
If the Input Voltage Test was successful check for voltage
to the control card.
6.3.4 Input Voltage Test

1. Apply power to drive. 6.3.5 Basic Control Card Voltage Test

2. Use DVM to measure input line voltage between
1. If the Input Voltage Test was successful check
drive input terminals in turn:
for voltage to the control card.
L1 to L2
L1 to L3 If an external 24 VDC supply is used for control voltage, it
L2 to L3 would be likely for switch 4 on the control card to be
open. This opens the common connection to terminal 20.
NOTE: With 12-pulse units, measure input line
If this is the case, measure terminal 12 with respect to
voltage between drive input terminals:
terminal 39.
L11/L12
L21/L22L3
An incorrect reading here could indicate the supply is
L31/L32
being loaded down by a fault in the customer connections.
Unplug the terminal strip and repeat the test. If this test is
For 380 - 480 V drives, all measurements must be within
successful then continue. Remember to check out the
the range of 342 to 528 VAC. Readings of less than 342
customer connections.
VAC indicate problems with the input AC line voltage. For
525 - 690 V drives, all measurements must be within the

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 95

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

2. Measure 10 V DC control voltage at terminal 50 current variation exist, it would indicate a

with respect to terminal 55. Meter should read possible problem with the mains supply to the
between 9.2 and 11.2 VDC. frequency converter or a problem within the
frequency converter itself.
An incorrect reading here could indicate the supply is
One way to determine if the mains supply is at
being loaded down by a fault in the customer connections.
fault is to swap two of the incoming phases. This
Unplug the terminal strip and repeat the test. If this test is
assumes that two phases read one current while
successful than continue. Remember to check out the
the third deviates by more than 5%. If all three
customer connections.
phases are different from one another, swap the
phase with the highest current with the phase
A correct reading of both control card voltages would
with the lowest current.
indicate the LCP or the control card is defective. Replace
the LCP with a known good one. If the problem persists 4. Remove power to frequency converter.
replace the control card. 5. Swap the phase that appears to be incorrect with
one of other two phases.

6 6 6.3.6 DC Undervoltage Test 6. Reapply power to the frequency converter and

place it in run.
The initial charge of the DC bus is accomplished by the
7. Repeat the current measurements.
soft charge circuit. If the DC bus voltage is below normal it
would indicate that either the line voltage is out of If the imbalance of supply voltage moves with swapping
tolerance or the soft charge circuit is restricting the DC bus the leads, then the mains supply is suspect. Otherwise, it
from charging. Conduct the input voltage test to ensure may indicate a problem with the gating of the SCR. This
the line voltage is correct. may be due to a defective SCR or in the gate signals from
the power card to the module, including the possibility of
If excessive input power cycling has occurred, the PTC the wire harness from the power card to the SCR gates.
resistors on the soft charge card may be restricting the bus Further tests on the proper gating of the SCRs require an
from charging. If this is the case, expect to read a DC bus oscilloscope equipped with current probes. Proceed to
voltage in the area of 50 VDC. testing the input waveform.

6.3.7 Input Imbalance of Supply Voltage 6.3.8 Input Waveform Test

Test
Testing the current waveform on the input of the
Theoretically, the current drawn on all three input phases frequency converter can assist in troubleshooting mains
should be equal. Some imbalance may be seen, however, phase loss conditions or suspected problems with the SCR/
due to variations in the phase to phase input voltage and, diode modules. Phase loss caused by the mains supply can
to some degree, single phase loads within the frequency be easily detected. In addition, the rectifier section is
converter itself. controlled by SCR/diode modules. Should one of the SCR/
diode modules become defective or the gate signal to the
SCR lost, the frequency converter will respond the same as
A current measurement of each phase will reveal the
loss of one of the phases.
balanced condition of the line. To obtain an accurate
reading, it will be necessary for the frequency converter to
run at its rated load or or at a load of not less than 40%. The following measurements require an oscilloscope with
voltage and current probes.
1. Perform the input voltage test prior to checking
the current, in accordance with procedure. Under normal operating conditions, the waveform of a
Voltage imbalances will automatically result in a single phase of input AC voltage to the frequency
corresponding current imbalance. converter appears as in the illustration below.

2. Apply power to the frequency converter and

place it in run.
3. Using a clamp-on amp meter (analog preferred),
read the current on each of three input lines at
L1 (R), L2 (S), and L3 (T). NOTE: For 12-pulse units,
L11/L12 (R), L21/L22 (S), L31/L32 (T).
Typically, the current should not vary from phase
to phase by more than 5%. Should a greater

96 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Input A
6.3.9 Gate Signal Test

130BX142.10
1. Remove the output bus bars from all inverter
modules.
2. Power drive in split bus mode. (See split bus
powering).
3. Connect a 24VDC power supply to the (+) and (-)
0.0 ms 5 ms/Div.
DC bus bars.
Illustration 6.7 Normal AC Input Voltage Waveform
4. Connect the signal test board (p/n 176F8437) to
the 30 pin connector at the top of the inverter
module.
The waveform shown in the illustration below represents
the input current waveform for the same phase as in the 5. Apply a run command and a speed command
Illustration above while the frequency converter is running above 0 RPM. (Hand Start mode is sufficient).
at 40% load. The two positive and two negative jumps are
typical of any 6 diode bridge. It is the same for frequency
6. Connect the common lead of an oscilloscope to
terminal 4 of the signal test board. Observe the
6 6
converters with SCR/diode modules. waveform on terminals 25 – 30 in turn. Each
reading should appear similar to the figure
shown.
Input B
130BX143.10

7. Repeat this procedure for each inverter module.

Input A

130BX153.10
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00 V
0.0 ms 5 ms/Div.

-2.00
Illustration 6.8 AC Input Current Waveform with Diode Bridge
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
With a phase loss, the current waveform of the remaining -4.0ms 50Us/Div
phases would take on the appearance shown below.
Incorrect reading
Input B
130BX144.10

If one or more of the IGBT gate signals is missing, this

indicates a faulty connection in the ribbon cable from the
control card to the MDCIC or from the MDCIC to the
inverter module. Check the cables and replaced if
necessary. If all six signals are missing, the control card is
likely defective and needs to be replaced.
0.0 ms 5 ms/Div.

Illustration 6.9 Input Current Waveform with Phase Loss. Conduct the IGBT Switching Test with the frequency
converter powered as in this procedure.

Always verify the condition of the input voltage waveform 6.3.10 IGBT Switching Test
before forming a conclusion. The current waveform will
follow the voltage waveform. If the voltage waveform is 1. Power the unit in the split bus mode as described
incorrect proceed to investigate the reason for the AC in the gate signal test procedure.
supply problem. If the voltage waveform on all three
2. Observe the phase-to- phase output waveforms
phases is correct but the current waveform is not then the
on all three phases with the oscilloscope.
input rectifier circuit in the frequency converter is suspect.
Perform the static soft charge and rectifier tests. 3. All waveform readings should appear similar to
the below figure.
4. Repeat this procedure for all inverter modules.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 97

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

using the signal test board. See Testing Current Feedback

130BX337.10
with the Signal Test Board.

6.3.12 Testing Current Feedback with the

Signal Test Board

If the control card parameters are setup to provide holding

torque while at zero speed, the current displayed will be
greater than expected. To make this test, disable such
parameters.

1. Remove power to drive.

2. Ensure DC bus is fully discharged.
Illustration 6.10 Output waveform graphic 3. Install signal test board into the 30 pin test
6 6 connector socket in inverter one.
4. Apply power to the drive.
Incorrect reading
5. Using a DVM, connect negative (-) meter lead to
terminal 4 (common) of signal test board.
Indicates that an IGBT or gate driver card is defective.
Check all IGBT modules for signs of damage. If no damage 6. Run drive with a zero speed reference.
is found, replace gate driver card. 7. In turn measure AC voltage at terminals 1, 2, and
3 of signal test board. These terminals correspond
6.3.11 Current Sensor Test with current sensor outputs U, V, and W, respec-
tively. Expect a reading near zero volts but no
1. Apply power to the unit. greater than 15mv.

2. Ensure that motor check, pre-magnetizing, DC 8. Repeat the procedure for each inverter module in
hold, DC brake, or other parameter setups are the drive.
disabled that create a holding torque while at Incorrect reading
zero speed. Current displayed will exceed 1 to 2
amps if such parameters are not disabled.
A current sensor feedback signal at this point in the circuit
3. Run drive with a zero speed reference. should read approximately 400mv at 100% drive load.
4. Read the output current in the display. It should Therefore, any reading above 15mv while the drive is at
indicate approximately 1 to 2 amps. zero speed has a negative effect on the way the drive
interprets the feedback signal. Replace the corresponding
Incorrect reading current sensor if the reading is greater than 15mv. See the
disassembly instructions.
If the current is greater than 1 to 2 amps and a current
producing parameter is not active, test the current sensor 6.3.13 Input Terminal Signal Test
with the motor leads disconnected as described next.
The presence of signals on either the digital or analog
1. Remove power from drive. input terminals of the drive can be verified on the drive
2. Ensure the DC bus is fully discharged. display. Digital or analog input status can be selected in
the display using the [DISPLAY MODE] key and the [+] and
3. Remove output motor bus bars from each
[-] keys on the keypad.
inverter module.
4. Apply power to drive. Digital inputs
5. Run drive with a zero speed reference. With digital inputs displayed, control terminals 16-33 are
shown left to right, with a 1 indicating the presence of a
6. Read the output current in the display. The
signal.
display should indicate less than 1 amp.
Incorrect reading

If an incorrect reading was obtained from the above tests,

further tests of the current feedback signals are required

98 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

If the desired signal is not present in the display, the

problem may be either in the external control wiring to
If the desired signal is not present in the display, the 6 6
problem may be either in the external control wiring to
the drive or a faulty control card. To determine the fault the drive or a faulty control card. To determine the fault
location, use a volt meter to test for voltage at the control location, use a volt meter to test for a signal at the control
terminals. terminals.

Verify the control voltage power supply is correct as Verify the reference voltage power supply is correct as
follows. follows.
1. With a voltmeter measure voltage at control card 1. With a voltmeter measure voltage at control card
terminal 12 and 13 with respect to terminal 20. terminal 50 with respect to terminal 55. Meter
Meter should read between 21 and 27 VDC. should read between 9.2 and 11.2 VDC.
If the 24 V supply voltage is not present, conduct the If the 10 V supply voltage is not present, conduct the
Control Card Test (6.3.17) later in this section. Control Card Voltage Test earlier in this section.

If the 24 V is present proceed with checking the individual If the 10 volts is present proceed with checking the
inputs as follows individual inputs as follows.
2. Connect (-) negative meter lead to reference 2. Connect (-) negative meter lead to reference
terminal 20. terminal 55.
3. Connect (+) positive meter lead to terminals 16, 3. Connect (+) positive meter lead to desired
17, 18, 19, 27, 29, 32, and 33 in turn. terminal 53, 54 or 60.
Presence of a signal at the desired terminal should For analog input terminals 53 and 54, a DC voltage
correspond to the digital input display reading. A reading between 0 and +10 VDC should be read to match the
of 24 VDC indicates the presence of a signal. A reading of analog signal being sent to the drive.
0 VDC indicates no signal is present.
For analog input terminal 60, a reading of 0.9 to 4.8 VDC
Analog inputs corresponds to a 4 to 20ma signal.
The value of signals on analog input terminals 53, 54, and
60 can also be displayed. Note that a (-) minus sign preceding any reading above
The voltage on terminals 53 and 54, or the current in indicates a reversed polarity. In this case, reverse the
milliamps for terminal 60 is shown in line 2 of the display. wiring to the analog terminals.

6.4 Module-level Static Test Procedures

6.4.1 Inverter Module

Heatsink Temperature Sensor Test

Remove the inverter module from the drive in accordance

with disassembly procedures.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 99

 Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

The temperature sensor is an NTC (negative temperature Since the rectifier test requires the soft charge resistor to
coefficient) device. As a result, high resistance means low be in the circuit, verify the resistor is good before
temperature. As temperature decreases, resistance proceeding.
increases. Each IGBT module has a temperature sensor
mounted internally. The sensor is wired from the IGBT 1. Measure the resistance between pins A and B of
module to the gate drive card connector MK100. The connector MK4 on the soft charge card. It should
centre IGBT module is used. read 27 Ω (±10%) for 380–500 V frequency
converters or 68 Ω (±10%) for 525–690 V
On the gate drive card, the resistance signal is converted frequency converters. A reading outside this
to a frequency signal. The frequency signal is sent to the range indicates a defective soft charge resistor.
power card for processing. The temperature data is used to Replace the resistor according to the disassembly
regulate fan speed and to monitor for over and undertem- procedures. Continue tests.
perature conditions.
Should the resistor be defective and a replacement not
readily available, the remainder of the tests can be carried
1. Use ohmmeter set to read Ω.
6 6 2. Unplug connector MK100 on the gate drive card
out by disconnecting the cable at connector MK4 on the
soft charge card and placing a temporary jumper across
and measure the resistance across the cable pins A and B. This provides a path for continuity for the
leads. remaining tests. Ensure any temporary jumpers are
removed at the conclusion of the tests. For the following
The relationship between temperature and resistance is
tests, set the meter to diode check or Rx100 scale.
nonlinear. At 25°C, the resistance will be approximately 5k
Ω. At 0° C, the resistance will be approximately 13.7k Ω. At
2. Connect the negative (-) meter lead to the
60° C, the resistance will be approximately 1.5k Ω. The
positive (+) MK3 (A) (DC output to DC bus), and
higher the temperature, the lower the resistance.
connect the positive (+) meter lead to MK1
terminals R, S, and T in sequence. Each reading
6.4.2 Rectifier Module should show a diode drop.
3. Reverse meter leads with the positive (+) meter
Heatsink Temperature Sensor Test
lead to the positive (+) MK3 (A). Connect the
negative (-) lead to MK1 terminals R, S, and T in
Remove the rectifier module from the drive in accordance
sequence. Each reading should show open.
with disassembly procedures.
4. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the
negative (-) MK3 (C). Connect the negative (-)
The temperature sensor is an NTC (negative temperature
meter lead to MK1 terminals R, S, and T in
coefficient) device. As a result, high resistance means low
sequence. Each reading should show a diode
temperature. As temperature decreases, resistance
drop.
increases. The power card reads the resistance of the NTC
sensor to regulate fan speed and to monitor for over 5. Reverse the meter leads with the negative (-)
temperature conditions. meter lead to the negative (-) MK3 (C). Connect
the positive (+) meter lead to MK1 terminals R, S,
1. Use ohmmeter set to read Ω. and T in sequence. Each reading should show
open.
2. Unplug connector MK103 on power card and
measure across cable leads. Incorrect Reading

The full range of the sensor is 787 Ω to 10K Ω where 10K

An incorrect reading here indicates the soft charge rectifier
Ω equals 25°C and 787 Ω equals 95°C. The higher the
is faulty. The rectifier is not serviced as a component.
temperature, the lower the resistance.
Replace the entire soft charge card in accordance with the
disassembly procedures. Reconnect the MK3 on the soft
Soft Charge Rectifier Test charge card after these tests.

1. Remove the rectifier module from the drive in

accordance with disassembly procedures.
2. Remove the power card mounting plate in
accordance with disassembly procedures.
3. Disconnect the connector MK3 from each soft
charge card.

100 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Test Procedures High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

4 7. Using the Signal Test Board 176F8437 and an

130BX120.10
oscilloscope, check the waveform at pins 25 - 30
3
with the scope referenced to pin 4. This
2
procedure must be performed on each inverter
1 module. Each waveform should approximate the
illustration below.
8. Connect a 24 VDC power supply to the DC bus of
the drive. This can be done on the DC bus output
of the rectifier module or the bus bars
connecting to the top side of the DC fuses on
any of the inverter modules.
9. Observe the phase to phase waveform on the
output bus bars of each phase of each inverter
module. This waveform should appear the same
Illustration 6.11 Soft Charge Card Connectors as the normal output waveform of a properly
operating drive, except that the amplitude will be
6 6
24 V instead of the full output voltage of a
380-480/500 V: Blue MOV and 8 PTCs. 525-690V: Red MOV normal drive.
and 6 PTCs 10. Press the OFF key of the frequency converter,
disconnect power from both power supplies, and
1 MK1 reinstall jumper connectors to the SMPS input
2 MK3 plugs on all modules.
3 MK4 11. Reinstall the motor output bus bars on all
4 MK2 inverter modules.
12. Apply AC power to the drive.
6.5 After Repair Drive Test 13. Apply a start command to the drive. Adjust the
speed to a nominal level. Observe that the motor
6.5.1 Procedure is running properly

Following any repair to a frequency converter or testing of 14. Using a clamp-on style current meter, measure
a frequency converter suspected of being faulty, the the output current on each phase. All currents
following procedure must be followed to ensure that all should be balanced.
circuitry in the frequency converter is functioning properly
before putting the unit into operation. Input A

130BX153.10
8.00
6.00
1. Perform visual inspection procedures as described 4.00
in the table Visual Inspection. 2.00

2. Perform static test on the drive as described in 0.00 V

Static Test Procedures. -2.00

-4.00
3. Remove the three output motor bus bars from
-6.00
each inverter module.
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div
4. Connect a 610 – 800 VDC power supply to the
Illustration 6.12 After repair waveform: 2v/div 100us/div run at
switch mode power supply (SMPS) input to each
10 Hz
module using the test cable 176F8766.
5. Apply power to the SMPS and observe that the
display lights up properly. (The fans will not
operate when powered in this manner.)
6. Give the frequency converter a run command
(press [Hand on]) and slowly increase the
reference (speed command) to approximately 40
Hz.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 101

 Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7 Top Level Module Removal Instructions

NOTE
7.1 Before Proceeding Inverter units contain 2 or 3 inverter modules. Drawings in
this section illustrate units with 2 inverter modules.
7.1.1 High Voltage Warning Changes in instructions for units with 3 modules are noted.

WARNING 7.1.4 Tools Required

Frequency converters contain dangerous voltages when
Operating Instructions for the FC Series frequency
connected to mains voltage. No disassembly should be
converter
attempted with power applied. Remove power to the
frequency converter and wait at least 40 minutes to let the
Metric socket set 7–19 mm
frequency converter capacitors fully discharge. Only a Socket extensions 100 mm–150 mm (4 in and 6 in)
competent technician should carry out service. Failure to Torx driver set T10 - T50
fully discharge capacitors could result in serious injury or Torque wrench 0.675–19 Nm (6–170 in-lbs)

7 7
Needle nose pliers
death. Magnetic sockets
Ratchet
Hex wrench set
NOTE Screwdrivers Standard and Philips
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD)
Many electronic components within the frequency Additional Tools Recommended for Testing
converter are sensitive to static electricity. Voltages so low
that they cannot be felt, seen or heard can be harmful to Digital volt/ohmmeter (must be rated for 1200 VDC for 690 V units)
Analog voltmeter
electronic components. Use standard ESD protective Oscilloscope
procedures whenever handling ESD sensitive components. Clamp-on style ammeter
Failure to conform to standard ESD procedures can reduce Test cable p/n 176F8766
Signal test board p/n 176F8437
component life, diminish performance, or completely
Power supply: 610 - 800 VDC, 250 mA to supply external power to 4
destroy sensitive electronic components. power cards and the control card.
Power supply : 24 VDC, 2 A for external 24 V power supply.

7.1.3 Optional Circuit Breaker or

Disconnect Switch

NOTE
The following options are powered before the optional
circuit breaker or disconnect. Even with the circuit breaker
or disconnect in the OFF position, mains voltage is still
present inside the frequency-converter cabinet.

• Door interlock

• Space heater

• Cabinet light and outlet

• RCD monitor

• IRM monitor

• Emergency stop

• 24 VDC customer power supply

NOTE
If supplied with a circuit breaker or disconnect switch, the
cabinet doors are interlocked. To open the cabinet doors,
the circuit breaker and disconnect switch must be in the
OFF position.

102 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.1.5 F-Frame Service Shelf

7.2 Instructions
The rectifier and inverter modules weigh up to 136 kg/300
lbs each and require special handling. An easy to assemble NOTE for 12-pulse frequency converters. Instructions
service shelf, part number 176F8835, is available from presented here are the same for 12-pulse units as F-frame
Danfoss to provide support of the modules for removal units with the exception that 12-pulse units may vary in
from the units. This shelf, or other suitable support the number of SCR and diode modules as described for F-
equipment, is recommended. frame units. Also, for F8/F9 model 12-pulse units, an
additional MPIC card is connected to the power card to
provide control to the additional SCRs present on those
units.

7.2.1 AC Line Input Fuses

AC Fuse Location
AC line fuses are optional. AC fuses are located in the
rectifier cabinet if they are the only power option added to
the frequency converter. If additional power options are
present, the AC fuses will be located in the options 7 7
cabinet.

AC Fuses Located in the Rectifier Cabinet

1. Remove bottom safety cover from rectifier

cabinet.
Note: Fuses must be removed sequentially, front
to back. If only the fuse located in the back
needs to be replaced, remove front and middle
fuses to gain access to the back fuse. If additional
access is necessary, the left-most inverter module
can be removed from the inverter cabinet. Refer
to inverter removal instructions.
2. Remove bolts (8mm) securing fuses in place.
AC Fuses Located in Options Cabinet

1. Remove covers from options cabinet to access

fuses.
2. Remove bolts (8mm) securing fuses in place.

Illustration 7.1 F-Frame Service Shelf Assembly Drawing

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 103

 Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

130BB532.10
10 9

2
1
7

7 7 3

Illustration 7.2 AC Fuses Located in the Rectifier Cabinet

5

1 Rectifier module
2 AC mains input fuse
3 Back AC fuse mounting bracket (T)
4 Middle AC fuse mounting bracket (S)
4
5 Front AC fuse mounting bracket (R)
3

Illustration 7.3 12-pulse Frequency Converter F8/F9

1 12-pulse rectifier module

2 Earth (ground) PE terminals
3 Mains input L11, L21, L31
4 Mains input L21, L22, L32
5 Motor connection 96 (U), 97 (V), 98 (W)
6 Brake terminals 81 (-R), 82 (+R)
7 12- pulse inverter module
8 SCR enable/disable
9 Relay 1 (01, 02, 03), relay 2 (04, 05, 06)
10 Auxiliary fan (104, 106)

104 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.2.2 DC Link Fuses

130BB755.10
There are two DC link fuses for each inverter located on
top of the inverter.

2
1. Remove covers from inverter cabinet to gain
access.
2. Remove bus bars securing top of fuses by
removing attaching bolts (8mm).
3. Remove bolts securing bottom of fuses (8mm).
2
1

4 7 7

1 Top (-)DC link fuse bus bar

2 (-)DC link fuse (none in 12-pulse models F8/F9)
3 Top (+)DC link fuse bus bar
4 (+)DC link fuse (none in 12-pulse models F8/F9)
5 Bottom (+)DC link fuse bus bar

4 7.2.3 Door Fans

1. Disconnect the leads from the terminal strip on

the fan, noting the correct terminal that each
wire is connected to for reassembly.
1 12-pulse rectifier module
2 AUX fan (100, 101, 102, 103) 2. Remove the four (8 mm) mounting nuts from
3 Line fuses each corner of the fan assembly.
4 Mains input L11, L21, L31, L21, L22, L32
5 BC bus connections for common DC bus (DC+, DC-) 3. Remove fan assembly from mounting/filter
6 BC bus connections for common DC bus (DC+, DC-) housing assembly in door.

Table 7.1 12-pulse Rectifier Cabinet F10 - F13 4. Reassemble in reverse order. Note that F-Frame
drives are designed for fan airflow into the
cabinets. For this reason, ensure that the fan is
installed with the printed arrow on the fan
pointing inward. Incorrect installation can cause
excess heating and an overtemperature fault.
Tighten nuts to 20 in/lbs (2.3 Nm).

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 105

 Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.2.4 Heatsink Fans

1. Remove panel to access fan by removing six nuts

(M5) securing panel in place.
2. Unplug fan electrical connector and remove two
nuts (M6) securing fan in place.
Reinstall in reverse order of disassembly.

NOTE
The plug for the fan is keyed to only fit one way. However,
if too much force is used, the plug can be forced the
wrong way.

7 7 2

130BX257.10

1 Heatsink
2 Heatsink fan
3 Plug
4 Cover

106 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.2.5 Rectifier Module

1. Remove center mounted safety cover from Reinstall rectifier module in reverse order of this
rectifier module by removing screws (8 mm). procedure.
2. Remove top mounted safety cover from rectifier
module by removing screws (8 mm).
3. Remove two DC bus bars from top of rectifier by 11
removing four nuts (8 mm) securing each bus bar
(two on each end of bus bar).
10
4. Remove three AC input power bus bars in order
to free module for removal. Bus bars are stacked 9
one behind the other. Each is retained by four 1
nuts (17 mm) . 8
5. Disconnect four white connectors from top of
2
rectifier module.
NOTE: For reinstallation, note that each connector
7

6.
is a different size.
Disconnect connector located on bottom of
3
7 7
MDCIC board mounted to back panel above 6 5 4
rectifier unit (not shown).
7. Remove two nuts (M6) from bracket at back of
rectifier securing module to cabinet.
NOTE: Four eye bolts and washers are stored at
left bottom side of rectifier cabinet for use in
lifting rectifier. If desired, attach washers and 130BX270.10

bolts to lifting holes provided at top of module.

Module weighs approx. 136 kg / 300 lbs. 1 Connectors (step 5)
2 Back AC input power bus bar (step 4)
8. Provide sufficient mechanical support to 3 Middle AC input power bus bar (step 4)
withstand weight of rectifier. Withdraw rectifier 4 Front AC input power bus bar (step 4)
5 Eye bolt location in rectifier cabinet
from cabinet. 6 Eye-bolt washer
7 Eye bolt
8 Rectifier module
9 DC bus bar (step 3)
10 DC bus bar (step 3)
11 Mounting bracket

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 107

 Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.2.6 Inverter Module 6. Remove DC bus bars from top of both fuses by
removing bolt (8 mm) at top of fuse. (Fuse may
1. Remove safety covers from front of inverter remain connected to inverter module.)
module by removing attaching screws. NOTE: Four eye bolts and washers are stored at
left bottom side or inverter cabinet for use in
2. If present, remove two (optional) brake bus bars
lifting inverter. If desired, attach bolts to holes
by removing four screws (M8), one on each end
provided at top of inverter module. Module
of both bus bars.
weighs approx. 136 kg/300 lbs.
3. Remove three output motor bus bars by
7. Remove 2 nuts (M6) from bracket at back of
removing six screws (M8), one on each end of
inverter securing module to cabinet.
each bus bars.
8. Provide sufficient mechanical support to
4. Disconnect ribbon cable from top of inverter
withstand weight of inverter module. Withdraw
module.
inverter from cabinet.
5. Unplug connectors (two or three, depending
Reinstall inverter module in reverse order of these
upon unit) from top of inverter module.
instructions.
NOTE: For reinstallation, note that each connector
is a different size.

7 7 1

4
16

14 15
9

13

12
11
10

1 DC link inductor 9 Module heatsink fan

2 Fan transformer 10 Fan door cover
3 (-)DC bus bar 11 (Optional) brake output bus bar (Step 2)
4 (+)DC bus bar 12 Motor output bus bar (Step 3)
5 Mounting bracket (Step 7) 13 SMPS fuse and fan fuse
6 DC Fuse (Step 6) 14 Control card
7 Panel connectors (Steps 4 and 5) 15 MDCIC board
8 Inverter module 16 Top cover plate

108 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.2.7 MDCIC Mounting Panel 4. Before removing rectifier control cable MK101 of
MDCIC board, note for reinstallation that MK101
1. Remove top mounted safety cover from inverter is left most 6-pin connector on MDCIC board.
module by removing attaching screws (8mm). Remove rectifier control cable from MDCIC board.

2. Disconnect ribbon cable from control card. 5. Remove relay connector from MDCIC panel.

3. Before removing MDCIC ribbon cable from each 6. Remove any customer interconnect wiring.
inverter module, note which cable connects to 7. Remove MDCIC panel by removing four screws
each module for reassembly. Remove MDCIC (M5) attaching panel to inverter cabinet (one in
ribbon cable from each inverter module. each corner of panel).

2
4 7 7
3

130BX268.10

1 MDCIC mounting panel 5 Rectifier control cable MK101 (step 4)

2 Relay connector (not shown) (step 5) 6 MDCIC ribbon cable (step 3)
3 MDCIC board cover plate 7 Control card to MDCIC ribbon cable (step 2)
4 Attaching screw (step 7)

Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 109

 Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7.2.8 Fan Transformers 7.2.9 DC Link Inductor

1. Remove MDCIC panel in accordance with 1. Remove MDCIC panel in accordance with
instructions. instructions. (Fan transformers do not need to be
2. Disconnect electrical connector from fan removed.)
transformer. 2. Remove 2 bus bars covering inductor by
3. Remove nut (M8) from center of fan transformer removing four screws (8mm) on each bus bar.
securing transformer to panel. 3. Remove 4 mounting bracket bus bars that bus
Reinstall fan transformer in reverse order of this procedure. bars removed previously in Step 2 were mounted
to by removing screw (8mm) from each
mounting bracket.
1
4. Remove remaining short bus bars attached to
angle bracket bus bars by removing two 8mm
2 screws from each bus bar.
5. Note that DC link reactors weigh 25 kg / 55 lbs.
Provide sufficient support and remove DC link

7 7
3 inductor by removing M6 nuts securing inductor
to cabinet.
Reinstall DC link reactors in reverse order of this procedure.

1
2

130BX255.10

1 Fan transformer
2 Nut (M8) (step 3)
3 Fan transformer connector (step 2)

130BX253.10

1 DC link inductor
2 Bus bars (step 2)

110 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

1 2 3 7.2.10 MDCIC Board

2
1. Remove two screws from left side of MDCIC
3 cover.
2. Disconnect ribbon cable from left side of MDCIC
board by gently pulling connector to left (as
opposed to pulling connector out toward you).
2 3. Swing cover door open to access MDCIC board.
Cover can be removed.
4. Note position of ribbon cables before removing
for reinstallation. Remove ribbon cables.
130BX254.10

5. Note position of rectifier control cable (MK101)

4 4 2 connected to left 6-pin connector for reassembly.
Disconnect rectifier control cable.
NOTE: Scaling card (one on each module) must
be retained to reinstall on replacement MDCIC
1
2
DC link inductor (step 5)
Mounting bracket bus bar (step 3)
board. A replacement scaling card is not included
with replacement MDCIC board. 7 7
3 Short bus bars (step 4)
4 Angle bracket bus bar (not removed) 6. Remove MDCIC board by removing 9 screws
securing board to panel standoffs.
1

130BX266.10

1 MDCIC board cover (step 3)

2 Ribbon cable (step 4)
3 Retaining screws (step 1)
4 Left-side ribbon cable (step 2)

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 111

 Top Level Module Removal In... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

7 7

130BX267.10

1 MDCIC cover (step 3) 5 MDCIC mounting panel

2 Scaling card (step 5) 6 Ribbon cable (step 4)
3 MK101 connector (step 5) 7 Left-side ribbon cable (step 2)
4 MDCIC board attaching screw (step 6)

112 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

8 Disassembly/Assembly - Inverter Module

8.1 For Your Safety

8.1.1 Danfoss Training Required

CAUTION
Only Danfoss trained and certified technicians are
permitted to test and repair components within the unit
modules. The procedures described in this section are
intended for Danfoss qualified technicians. Repair work
conducted by non-certified technicians can result in
personal injury or equipment damage.

8 8

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 113

 Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

8.2 Inverter Module

8.2.1 Inverter Module, Exploded View

3
4
5
8 8
6

12

7
11

10
8

1 Right side cover plate 7 High frequency board

2 Inverter power card 8 IGBT module
3 Panel connectors 9 Current sensor
4 SMPS fuse and fan fuse 10 Fan assembly
5 Upper capacitor bank assembly 11 Lower capacitor bank assembly
6 DC bus fuses 12 Gate driver card

114 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

8.2.2 Internal Access 8.2.4 Upper Capacitor Bank Assembly

(without removing power card)
1. Remove inverter module from frequency
converter in accordance with instruction in NOTE: The power card may remain attached to the
section Inverter Module. capacitor bank cover during removal. If desired, remove
the power card in accordance with instructions provided.
2. Remove right side panel from inverter module by
See exploded view illustration for further detail.
removing four nuts (10 mm). Note for reassembly
1. Disconnect cables from MK109 and MK105 on
2 studs on panel edge. This side mounts to front
power card.
of unit for reassembly.
2. Disconnect cable from MK107 on power card.
8.2.3 Power Card 3. Remove two red wires from 15 A fuse block
attached to cover plate flange.
1. Unplug cables from all power card connectors:
4. Free cable entirely with the 2 red wires attached
MK112, MK109, MK106, FK103, MK107, MK105,
to it by disconnecting 10-pin connector next to
MK104, MK102, and MK110.
fuse block on cover plate flange.
2. Remove power card by removing seven screws
5. Disconnect 2 white wires from 4 A fuse block
(T25) and detach plastic standoff at top right
attached to cover plate flange and free cable by
corner of power card.
disconnecting 6-pin connector on opposite end
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten of cable.
mounting screws to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs).
6. Remove MK102 from power card and ground lug.
Power card may now remain fastened to cap
8 8
bank assembly.
7. Remove six electrical connection nuts (8 mm)
securing capacitor bank assembly. These nuts are
recessed in the gap between the upper and
lower capacitor banks.
8. Remove four retaining nuts (10 mm) securing cap
bank assembly.
9. NOTE: Capacitor bank assembly may weigh up to
9 kg (20 lbs). Remove capacitor bank assembly.
Reassembly is done in reverse order.

1 2
3

4 4

130BX274.10
6 5

1 Upper capacitor bank assembly

2 Inverter power card
3 10 mm retaining nut (step 8)
4 8 mm electrical connection nut (step 7)
5 Lower capacitor bank assembly
6 IGBT gate driver card

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 115

 Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

8.2.5 Lower Capacitor Bank Assembly 8.2.6 High Frequency Board

1. Disconnect cables from gate drive card 1. Remove upper capacitor bank assembly in
connectors MK100, MK102, MK103, MK104, accordance with instructions.
MK106, and, if unit has a brake option MK105. 2. Disconnect cable from connector MK100 on high
2. Remove six electrical connection nuts (8 mm) frequency board.
securing capacitor bank assembly. These nuts are 3. Remove two screws (T25) from high frequency
recessed in the gap between the upper and board.
lower capacitor banks.
4. Remove one nut (8 mm) from high frequency
3. Remove four retaining nuts (10 mm) securing board standoff and remove board.
capacitor bank assembly.
Reassembly is done in reverse order.
4. NOTE: Capacitor bank assembly may weigh up to
9 kg (20 lbs). Remove capacitor bank assembly.
Reassembly is done in reverse order.

1 2
1

8 8
2
3

3 3
4 4
130BX258.10
6 5
1 T25 screw (step 3)
130BX264.10 2 High frequency board
3 8 mm retaining nut (step 4)

1 Upper capacitor bank assembly

2 Inverter power card
3 8 mm electrical connection nut (step 2)
4 10 mm retaining nut (step 3)
5 Lower capacitor bank assembly
6 IGBT gate driver card (step 1)

116 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

8.2.7 Gate Drive Card

1. Disconnect cables from gate drive card connectors MK100, MK102, MK103, MK104, MK106, and, if unit has a brake
option MK105.
2. Remove gate drive card by removing 6 mounting screws (T25) from standoffs.

Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten

mounting screws to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs).

1 2 3 4 5

8 8

130BX256.10

1 MK104 (W) 4 MK100

2 MK103 (V) 5 MK105 (brake option)
3 MK102 (U) 6 MK106

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 117

 Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

8.2.8 Current Sensor 8.2.9 Brake IGBT Module (Optional)

NOTE: There are two types of current sensors, 500 A or 2

1
1000 A, depending on the size of the unit. Removal for 3
4
both are the same except for an additional final step for 5
the 1000 A sensor. 1

6
1. Remove lower capacitor bank assembly in
accordance with procedure. 7

2. Remove six screws (T30) connecting the bus bar 8

to the IGBT module at IGBT end of bus bar.

3. Remove three screws (7mm) on standoffs from
IGBT end of bus bar. 9

4. Remove one screw (T40) from opposite end of

10
bus bar attached to output bus bar.
5. Unplug wire from current sensor (not shown). 1 Attaching nut (step 4)
2 Left attached bus bar (step 4)
6. Remove two screws (7 mm) attaching base of
3 Jumper bus bar between brakes (step 5)
current sensor to back panel. 4 Attaching nut (step 5)
5 IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly (step 6)

8 8 7. Remove bus bar and slide current sensor free

from bus bar.
6
7
Brake IGBT cable (step 3)
Brake IGBT module
8 IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly (steps 9 and 10)
8. For 1000A units, remove mounting bracket from 9 Snubber capacitor (step 7)
back of current sensor by removing four screws 10 IGBT capacitor bus bar (step 8)
(8mm). NOTE: Retain mounting bracket and
screws for reassembly of replacement part. NOTE: The brake IGBT is an option and may not be present
Reassembly is done in reverse order. on all units.

1. Remove both upper and lower capacitor bank

NOTE
assemblies in accordance with instructions.
The six screws (T30) connecting the bus bar to the IGBT
module should be tightened to 4 Nm (35 in lbs). 2. Remove high frequency board in accordance with
instructions.
1 3. Unplug brake IGBT cable from connector on each
of the two brake IGBT modules.
4. Remove bus bar attached to left side of panel
and to left most brake IGBT by removing two
nuts at each end of bus bar.
5. Remove jumper bus bar between two brake
IGBTs by removing retaining nut on each end of
5
jumper bus bar.
2 6. Remove the two screws (T30) connecting the
3 IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly to each brake IGBT
module.
7. Remove nine snubber capacitors by removing
4 two screws (T30) from each capacitor.
8. Remove the three IGBT bus bars freed by
1 Current sensor
2 T30 screw (step 2)
removing screws in step 7.
3 7mm screw (step 3) 9. Remove four retaining nuts (13mm) connecting
4 T40 screw (step 4)
5 Mounting bracket (1000A sensor) (step 8) IGBT-Ind base bar assembly to two DC bus bars
from inductor.
10. Remove IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly.

118 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Disassembly/Assembly - Inve... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

11. Remove brake IGBT by removing four mounting 2

screws attaching each brake IGBT to back panel. 1
Reassembly
1. Replace IGBT brake module in accordance with
instructions included with replacement module.
2. Reassemble in reverse order of this procedure. 3

NOTE 4
The special torque requirements on the instructions
included with the replacement module. 5

8.2.10 IGBT Module

6
1. Remove both upper and lower capacitor bank
assemblies in accordance with instructions.
130BX259.10
2. Remove high frequency board in accordance with
instructions.
1 IGBT module (step 10)
3. Remove three current sensors in accordance with 2 High frequency board (step 2)
3 IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly (steps 5 and 9)

4.
instructions.
If optional brake IGBT is present, remove bus bar
4
5
Snubber capacitor (step 6)
IGBT capacitor bus bar (step 7)
8 8
6 Current sensor (step 3)
attached to left side of panel and to left most
brake IGBT by removing two nuts at each end of
bus bar. (See Brake IGBT Module.) Otherwise go to
step 6.
5. If optional brake IGBT is present, remove the two
screws (T30) connecting the IGBT-Ind bus bar
assembly to each brake IGBT module.
6. Remove nine snubber capacitors by removing
two screws (T30) for from each capacitor.
7. Remove the three IGBT capacitor bus bars freed
by removing screws in step 6.
8. Remove four retaining nuts (13mm) connecting
IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly to two DC bus bars
from inductor.
9. Remove IGBT-Ind bus bar assembly.
10. Remove IGBT module by removing 8 retaining
screws (T25) mounting IGBTmodule to back
panel.
Reassembly
1. Replace IGBT brake module in accordance with
instructions included with replacement module.
2. Reassemble in reverse order of this procedure.
3. NOTE: Connect temperature sensor cable from
gate drive card MK100 to center IGBT module
connector MK103.

NOTE
The special torque requirements on the instructions
included with the replacement module.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 119

 Disassembly/Assembly - Rect... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

9 Disassembly/Assembly - Rectifier Module

9.2.2 Power Card

9.1 For Your Safety
NOTE: Power card may remain installed if power card
9.1.1 Danfoss Training Required mounting plate is being removed to access soft charge
boards. Disconnect cabling.

CAUTION 1. Disconnect cabling from power card: MK100,

Only Danfoss trained and certified technicians are MK102, MK103, MK104, MK105, MK106, MK108,
permitted to test and repair components within the unit MK110, Mk112, and FK102.
modules. The procedures described in this section are
2. Remove power card by removing seven screws
intended for Danfoss qualified technicians. Repair work
(T25) and detach plastic standoff at top right
conducted by non-certified technicians can result in
corner of power card.
personal injury or equipment damage.
3. Insulation sheet behind power card can be left in
place. Ensure its is in place for reassembly.
9.2 Rectifier Module
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten
NOTE for 12-pulse frequency converters. Instructions mounting screws to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs).
presented here are the same for 12-pulse units as F-frame
units with the exception that 12-pulse units may vary in 1
the number of SCR and diode modules as described for F-
9 9 frame units. Also, for F8/F9 model 12-pulse units, an
additional MPIC card is connected to the power card to
provide control to the additional SCRs present on those
units.

9.2.1 Internal Access

1. Remove rectifier module from frequency 3

converter in accordance with instruction in 2
section Rectifier Module.
2. Remove right side panel from rectifier module by
removing six nuts (T25) and one nut (8mm).
3

1 Power card (step 1)

2 Power card mounting plate
3 Power card attaching screw (step 2)

120 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Disassembly/Assembly - Rect... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

9.2.3 12-Pulse MPIC 9.2.4 Power Card Mounting Plate

12-Pulse F8/F9 units have a multi-pulse interface card 1. Disconnect two fast-on connectors from fuse
(MPIC) mounted on the power card mounting plate. block attached to power card mounting plate
flange.
NOTE: MPIC may remain installed if power card mounting 2. Disconnect from power card connectors MK100,
plate is being removed to access soft charge boards. MK103, MK104, MK105, MK106, and MK110.
3. Disconnect three cable connectors (6-pin, 8-pin,
1. Disconnect cabling from the MPIC: MK100,
and 12-pin) from power card mounting panel
MK102, MK104, MK105, MK106, and MK110.
flange. Cable connectors disconnect from back
2. Remove the MPIC by removing 4 screws (T25). side of flange.
3. Insulation sheet behind MPIC can be left in place. 4. Remove power card mounting plate by removing
Ensure its is in place for reassembly. four retaining nuts (8mm) securing plate.
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten NOTE: At this point soft charge cards are
mounting screws to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs). accessible for changing fuses. Two soft charge
cards are present for units with two inverter
modules, three soft charge cards for units with
130BX431.10

2
three inverter modules.
3
1
1
2
4

5 6
4
9 9

1 Power card mounting plate (step 4)

2 Power card (step 2)
3 Cable connectors (step 3)
4 Fuse block (step 1)
5 Power card mounting plate flange
6 Attaching screw (step 4)

Illustration 9.1 MPIC

1 MK 110
2 MPIC
3 MK106
4 MK105
5 MK104
6 MK102
7 MK101

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 121

 Disassembly/Assembly - Rect... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

9.2.5 Soft Charge Card 9.2.6 Soft Charge Card Mounting Plate

1. Remove power card mounting plate in 1. Remove power card mounting plate in
accordance with instructions. accordance with instructions.
2. From soft charge card, disconnect connectors 2. Remove R (red), S (white), and T (black) ring lugs
MK1, MK2, Mk3, and MK4. from input power bus bar. Two soft charge cards
3. Remove soft charge card from mounting plate by are present for units with two inverter modules,
removing four screws (T25) fastening card to three soft charge cards for units with three
mounting plate. Note insulation sheet below soft inverter modules.
charge card. Remove and keep the insulation 3. Disconnect MK3 and MK4 from each soft charge
sheet for reinstallation. card.
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten 4. Remove soft charge card mounting plate by
mounting screws to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs). removing four nuts (8mm) attaching mounting
plate. (Soft charge cards can remain attached to
mounting plate.)
1
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten 8mm
2 nuts to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs).

9 9 3

1 Soft charge card

2 Attaching screw (step 3)
1 Soft charge card
2 Soft charge card mounting plate
3 Attaching nut (step 4)

122 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Disassembly/Assembly - Rect... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

9.2.7 Soft Charge Resistor 9.2.9 SCR Modules

1. Remove power card mounting plate in 1. Remove power card mounting plate in
accordance with instructions. accordance with instructions.
2. Remove soft charge mounting plate in 2. Remove soft charge mounting plate in
accordance with instructions. accordance with instructions.
3. Note: soft charge resistors are mounted on side 3. Remove six nuts (13 mm), two from each SCR
panel; one on each side for units with two module, on (+)DC bus bar.
inductors, an additional one for units with three
4. Remove two nuts (17 mm) (+)DC bus bar and
inverters.
remove (+)DC bus bar.
4. Loosen bottom 8mm nut.
5. Remove six nuts (13 mm), two from each SCR
5. Remove top 8mm nut to remove soft charge module, from AC input bus bar.
resistor.
6. If removing more than one SCR module, note
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten 8mm which gate lead attaches to which module.
nuts to 2.3 Nm (20 in-lbs). Unplug gate lead from SCR module.
7. Remove four mounting screws (T30) and washers
attaching SCR module to heatsink back panel.
Reassembly

1. Replace SCR module in accordance with

instructions included with replacement module.

1
2. Reassemble in reverse order of this procedure. 9 9
2
1

2
1 Top 8 mm nut (step 5)
2 Soft charge resistor
3 Bottom 8 mm nut (step 4)

9.2.8 Heatsink Thermal Sensor 3

1. Remove power card mounting plate in

accordance with instructions.
4
2. Remove soft charge mounting plate in
accordance with instructions.
3. Remove heatsink thermal sensor by removing
screw fastener (T20) mounting sensor to heatsink. 1 13 mm retaining nut (step 5)
2 17 mm retaining nut (step 4)
Reinstall in reverse order of this procedure. Tighten T20 3 13 mm retaining nut (step 3)
screws to 1.0 Nm (20 in-lbs). 4 SCR module

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 123

 Disassembly/Assembly - Rect... High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

9.2.10 Diode Module

1. Remove power card mounting plate in

accordance with instructions.
2. Remove soft charge mounting plate in
accordance with instructions.
3. Remove two mounting nuts (17 mm) from diode
module, one on AC input side and one on (-) DC
side of module.
4. Remove diode module by removing four
retaining screws (T30) and washers from corners
of module.
Reassembly
1. Replace diode module in accordance with
instructions included with replacement module.
2. Reassemble in reverse order of this procedure.

9 9

1 17 mm retaining nut (step 3)

2 T30 screws (step 4)
3 Diode module

124 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

10 Special Test Equipment

4. Remove the plugs from the 6-pin sockets on each

module.
10.1 Test Equipment
5. Connect the power supply cable (p/n 176F8766)
Test tools have been developed to aid in troubleshooting to the 6-pin sockets of each module.
these products. It is highly recommended for repair and
6. Connect a 610 – 800VDC power supply to the
servicing this equipment that these tools be available to
input end of the power supply cable.
the technician. Without them, some troubleshooting
procedures described in this manual cannot be carried out. 7. Apply power to the power supply. The LCP
Although some test points can be found inside the should light up as if the drive were powered
frequency converter to probe for similar signals, the test normally.
tools provide a safe and sure location for making necessary 8. Warning 24, External Fan Failure will be displayed
measurements. Test equipment described in this section is in the LCP. This is because the fan circuitry is not
available from Danfoss. powered in this mode. This will not affect the
operation.

WARNING
Using the test cable allows powering the frequency
10.1.2 Signal Test Board (p/n 176F8437)
converter without having to charge DC bus capacitors.
Main input power is required and all devices and power The signal test board provides access to a variety of signals
supplies connected to mains are energised at rated that can be helpful in troubleshooting the frequency
voltage. Use extreme caution when conducting tests on a converter.
powered frequency converter. Contact with powered
components could result in electrical shock and personal The signal test board is plugged into the 30 pin panel
injury. connector on the top of each inverter module. Points on
the signal test board can be monitored with or without 10 10
the DC bus disabled. In some cases, the frequency
10.1.1 Split-bus Power Supply
converter will need the DC bus enabled and operating a
load to verify some test signals.
Powering the drive in the split bus mode allows dynamic
testing on the drive in a safer manner.
In the split bus mode, the DC bus in each module is split The following is a description of the signals available on
into two portions. One connects to the DC bus and power the signal test board. The section Test Procedures describes
card to provide low voltage power for the SMPS. By when these tests would be called for and what the signal
powering only the SMPS in each module, the various logic should be at that given test point.
circuits can be tested without the danger of damaging the
power components.
The other provides low voltage power to the DC capacitors
and the output IGBTs for test purposes. A low voltage
power supply connected to the DC bus allows testing the
functionality of the output section safely.
The following procedure will be referred to throughout the
dynamic test section.
130BX66.10

Powering the Drive in Split Bus Mode

1. Ensure that AC power has been removed and
that all DC capacitors are fully discharged.
Illustration 10.1 Signal Test Board
2. Remove the top and bottom safety covers from
each inverter module as well as the top safety
cover from the rectifier module.
3. If a motor is connected to the drive, remove all
output bus bars from each inverter module. Also
remove the brake bus bars if the drive is
equipped with the brake option.

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 125

 Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

10.1.3 Signal Test Board Pin Outs:

Description and Voltage Levels

The tables on the following pages list the pins located on

the signal test board. For each pin, its function,
description, and voltage levels are provided. Details on
performing tests using the test fixture are provided in the
section Test Procedures. Other than power supply
measurements, most of the signals being measured are
made up of waveforms.

Although in some cases, a digital voltmeter can be used to

verify the presence of such signals, it cannot be relied
upon to verify that the waveform is correct. An
oscilloscope is the instrument prefered. However, when
similar signals are being measured at multiple points, a
digital voltmeter can be used with some degree of
confidence. By comparing several signals to each other,
such as gate drive signals, and obtaining similar readings,
it can be concluded each of the waveforms match one
another and are therefore correct. Values are provided for
using a digital voltmeter for testing as well.

10 10

126 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Pin Schemat Function Description Reading Using a Digital Voltmeter

No. ic
Acronym
1 IU1 Current sensed, Input A .937 VACpeak @ 165% of CT current rating. AC

130BX148.10
2000.0
U phase, not 1500.0 waveform @ output frequency of the frequency
conditioned 1000.0 converter.
500.0
0.0 mV
-500.0
-1000.0
-1500.0
-2000.0
-200 ms 1 ms/Div

Approx 400 mv RMS @100% load

2 IV1 Current sensed, Input A .937 VACpeak @ 165% of CT current rating. AC

130BX148.10
2000.0
V phase, not 1500.0 waveform @ output frequency of the frequency
conditioned 1000.0 converter.
500.0
0.0 mV
-500.0
-1000.0
-1500.0
-2000.0
-200 ms 1 ms/Div

Approx 400 mv RMS @100% load

3 IW1 Current sensed, Input A .937 VACpeak @ 165% of CT current rating. AC

130BX148.10
2000.0
W phase, not 1500.0 waveform @ output frequency of the frequency
conditioned 1000.0 converter.
500.0
0.0 mV
-500.0
-1000.0
-1500.0
-2000.0
-200 ms 1 ms/Div

Approx 400 mv RMS @100% load

4 COMMON Logic common This common is for all signals.
5 AMBT Ambient temp. Used to control FAN high and low fan speeds. 1 VDC approximately equal to 25C
6 FANO Control Card signal Signal from the control card to turn the fans on and 0 VDC – ON command
off. 5 VDC – OFF command
7 INRUSH Control Card signal Signal from the control card to start gating the SCR 3.3 VDC – SCRs disabled

8 RL1 Control Card signal

front end
Signal from Control Card to provide status of Relay 01
0 VDC – SCRs enabled
0 VDC – Relay active
10 10
0.7 VDC – inactive
9 Not used
10 Not used
11 VPOS +18 VDC regulated The red LED indicates voltage is present between +18 VDC regulated supply +16.5 to 19.5 VDC
supply +16.5 to 19.5 VPOS and VNEG terminals.
VDC
12 VNEG -18 VDC regulated The red LED indicates voltage is present between -18 VDC regulated supply
supply VPOS and VNEG terminals. -16.5 to 19.5 VDC
-16.5 to 19.5 VDC
13 DBGATE Brake IGBT gate pulse Input A Voltage drops to zero when brake is turned off.
130BX150.10

20.0
train 15.0
Voltage increases to 4.04 VDC as brake duty cycle
10.0 reaches max.
5.0
0.0V
-5.0
-10.0
-15.0
-20.0
-400.0 us 20 us/Div.

Varies w/ brake duty cycle

14 BRT_ON Brake IGBT 5V logic Input A 5.10 VDC level with the brake turned off. Voltage
130BX151.10

20.0
level signal. 15.0
decreases to zero as brake duty cycle reaches max.
10.0
5.0
0.0V
-5.0
-10.0
-15.0
-20.0
-400.0 us 20 us/Div.

Varies w/ brake duty cycle

15 Not used
16 FAN_TST Control signal for fans Indicates Fan Test switch is activated to force the fans +5VDC – disabled
on high 0VDC – fans on high
18 HI_LOW Control signal from Signal to switch fan speeds between high and low +5VDC = fans on high,
Power Card Otherwise, 0VDC.
19 SCR_DIS Control signal for SCR Indicates SCR front end is enabled or disabled. 0.6 to 0.8 VDC – SCRs enabled
front end 0VDC – SCR disabled
20 INV_DIS Control signal from Disables IGBT gate voltages 5VDC – inverter disabled
Power Card 0VDC – inverter enabled
21 Not used

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 127

 Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Pin Schemat Function Description Reading Using a Digital Voltmeter

No. ic
Acronym
22 UINVEX Bus Voltage scaled Signal proportional to UDC OV switch must be off
down - 1 VDC = 450 VDC [T4/T5]
- 1 VDC = 610 VDC [T7]
23 VDD +24 VDC power supply Yellow LED indicates voltage is present. +24 VDC regulated supply
+23 to 25 VDC
24 VCC +5.0 VDC regulated The green LED indicates voltage is present. +5.0 VDC regulated supply +4.75 to 5.25 VDC
supply. +4.75-5.25 VDC
25 GUP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10
8.00
buffered, U phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

26 GUN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10
8.00
buffered, U phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
negative. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

27 GVP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, V phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00

10 10
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

28 GVN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, V phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
negative. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

29 GWP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, W phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

30 GWN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, W phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases TP25-TP30
negative. Signal 4.00
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

18 HI_LOW Control signal from Signal to switch fan speeds between high and low +5VDC = fans on high,
Power Card Otherwise, 0VDC.
19 SCR_DIS Control signal for SCR Indicates SCR front end is enabled or disabled. 0.6 to 0.8 VDC – SCRs enabled
front end 0VDC – SCR disabled
20 INV_DIS Control signal from Disables IGBT gate voltages 5VDC – inverter disabled
Power Card 0VDC – inverter enabled
21 Not used

128 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Pin Schemat Function Description Reading Using a Digital Voltmeter

No. ic
Acronym
22 UINVEX Bus Voltage scaled Signal proportional to UDC OV switch must be off
down - 1 VDC = 450 VDC [T4/T5]
- 1 VDC = 610 VDC [T7]
23 VDD +24 VDC power supply Yellow LED indicates voltage is present. +24 VDC regulated supply
+23 to 25 VDC
24 VCC +5.0 VDC regulated The green LED indicates voltage is present. +5.0 VDC regulated supply +4.75 to 5.25 VDC
supply. +4.75-5.25 VDC
25 GUP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10
8.00
buffered, U phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

26 GUN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10
8.00
buffered, U phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
negative. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

27 GVP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, V phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00

10 10
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

28 GVN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, V phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
negative. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

29 GWP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, W phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

30 GWN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, W phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases TP25-TP30
negative. Signal 4.00
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 129

 Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Pin Schemat Function Description Reading Using a Digital Voltmeter

No. ic
Acronym
17 FAN_ON Pulse train to gate SCR’s Input A 5VDC - fans off

130BX152.10
8.00
for fan voltage control. 6.00
In sync with line freq. 4.00
2.00
0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 2ms/Div

7 trigger pulses at 3Khz

18 HI_LOW Control signal from Signal to switch fan speeds between high and low +5VDC = fans on high,
Power Card Otherwise, 0VDC.
19 SCR_DIS Control signal for SCR Indicates SCR front end is enabled or disabled. 0.6 to 0.8 VDC – SCRs enabled
front end 0VDC – SCR disabled
20 INV_DIS Control signal from Disables IGBT gate voltages 5VDC – inverter disabled
Power Card 0VDC – inverter enabled
21 Not used
22 UINVEX Bus Voltage scaled Signal proportional to UDC OV switch must be off
down - 1 VDC = 450 VDC [T4/T5]
- 1 VDC = 610 VDC [T7]
23 VDD +24 VDC power supply Yellow LED indicates voltage is present. +24 VDC regulated supply
+23 to 25 VDC
24 VCC +5.0 VDC regulated The green LED indicates voltage is present. +5.0 VDC regulated supply +4.75 to 5.25 VDC
supply. +4.75-5.25 VDC
25 GUP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10
8.00
buffered, U phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

10 10 26 GUN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, U phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
negative. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

27 GVP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, V phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

28 GVN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, V phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
negative. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

29 GWP_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC
130BX153.10

8.00
buffered, W phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases
positive. Signal 4.00 TP25-TP30
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

130 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Special Test Equipment High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Pin Schemat Function Description Reading Using a Digital Voltmeter

No. ic
Acronym
30 GWN_T IGBT gate signal, Input A 2.2–2.5 VDC

130BX153.10
8.00
buffered, W phase, 6.00
Equal on all phases TP25-TP30
negative. Signal 4.00
originates on Control 2.00
Card. 0.00 V
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
-4.0ms 50Us/Div

2v/div 100us/div Run@10Hz

10 10

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 131

 Spare Part Lists High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

11 Spare Part Lists

11.1.1 Spare Parts for 380-480/500 VAC

Drives

NOTE
Spare parts which contain descriptions with drive power
ratings are listed in Normal Overload!
Therefore FC 302 power ratings are one size up from the
drive type code.
FC 102FC 102 and FC-202 power ratings match the drive
type code.
Example: FC-302P90KT5 uses a P110T5 spare part.
FC-102P110T4 or FC-202P110T4 uses a P110T4 spare part.

NOTE
For the latest spare parts information, visit the Danfoss
Website at www.Danfoss.com

11 11

132 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

 Spare Parts for 80-480/500 VAC Drives 380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Rectifer Modules
Rectifier 176F8712 Spare,rectifier module,P500T4 102/202, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8713 Spare,rectifier module,P560T4 102/202, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8714 Spare,rectifier module,P630T4 102/202, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8715 Spare,rectifier module,P710T4 102/202, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8716 Spare,rectifier module,P800T4 102/202, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8717 Spare,rectifier module,P1M0T4 102/202, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8712 Spare,rectifier module,P500T4 102/202, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8713 Spare,rectifier module,P560T4 102/202, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8714 Spare,rectifier module,P630T4 102/202, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8715 Spare,rectifier module,P710T4 102/202, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8716 Spare,rectifier module,P800T4 102/202, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8717 Spare,rectifier module,P1M0T4 102/202, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8718 Spare,rectifier module,P500T5 302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8719 Spare,rectifier module,P560T5 302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8720 Spare,rectifier module,P630T5 302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8721 Spare,rectifier module,P710T5 302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8722 Spare,rectifier module,P800T5 302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8723 Spare,rectifier module,P1M0T5 302, 1 per drive 302
Inverter Modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Inverter 176F8743 Spare,inverter module,P500T4 102/202, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8744 Spare,inverter module,P560T4 102/202, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8745 Spare,inverter module,P630T4 102/202, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8746 Spare,inverter module,P710T4 102/202, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8747 Spare,inverter module,P800T4 102/202, 3 per drive 102
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Inverter 176F8748 Spare,inverter module,P1M0T4 102/202, 3 per drive 102

Inverter 176F8743 Spare,inverter module,P500T4 102/202, 2 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8744 Spare,inverter module,P560T4 102/202, 2 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8745 Spare,inverter module,P630T4 102/202, 2 per drive 202

Table 11.1 Rectifier Modules and Inverter Modules

133
11 11
 11 11

134
380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Inverter Modules
Inverter 176F8746 Spare,inverter module,P710T4 102/202, 2 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8747 Spare,inverter module,P800T4 102/202, 3 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8748 Spare,inverter module,P1M0T4 102/202, 3 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8749 Spare,inverter module,P500T5 302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8750 Spare,inverter module,P560T5 302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8751 Spare,inverter module,P630T5 302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8752 Spare,inverter module,P710T5 302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8753 Spare,inverter module,P800T5 302, 3 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8754 Spare,inverter module,P1M0T5 302, 3 per drive 302
Power Cards
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8774 xxxP500T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 102
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8775 xxxP560T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 102
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8776 xxxP630T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 102
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8777 xxxP710T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 102
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8778 xxxP800T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 102

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8779 xxxP1M0T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 102
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8774 xxxP500T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 202
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8775 xxxP560T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8776 xxxP630T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8777 xxxP710T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8778 xxxP800T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 202
 380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

Inverter Modules
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8779 xxxP1M0T4xxxxxUxC 102/202, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8780 xxxP500T5xxxxxUxC 302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8781 xxxP560T5xxxxxUxC 302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8782 xxxP630T5xxxxxUxC 302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8783 xxxP710T5xxxxxUxC 302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8784 xxxP800T5xxxxxUxC 302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8785 xxxP1M0T5xxxxxUxC 302, 1 per module 302

Table 11.2 Inverter Modules and Power Cards

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

135
11 11
 11 11

136
380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

DC Fuses
FU4,5,6,7,8,9 176F8767 Spare,Fuse,DC,1100A 2 per inverter module 4 4 6
FU4,5,6,7,8,9 176F8768 Spare,Fuse,DC,1400 A 2 per inverter module 4 4 6
Mains Fuses
FU1,2,3 176F8769 Spare,Fuse,Mains,2000A 3 per drive 3 3 3 3
FU1,2,3 176F8770 Spare,Fuse,Mains,2500A 3 per drive 3 3
Fans
- 176F8771 Spare,Fan,heatsink,F Frame 1 per module 3 3 3 3 4 4
- 176F8772 Spare,Fan,door,F Frame 1 per cabinet door 3 3 3 3 3 3
Printed Circuit Boards
PCA13 176F8773 Spare,MDCIC board,cc 1 per drive 1 1 1 1 1 1
mounts on MDCIC Card (1 per
- 176F8311 Spare,Current Scaling PCA,2.56 Ohm inverter module) 2 3
mounts on MDCIC Card (1 per
- 176F8554 Spare,Current Scaling PCA,4.21 Ohm inverter module) 2 2 3
mounts on MDCIC Card (1 per
- 176F8627 Spare,Current Scaling PCA,2.32 Ohm inverter module) 2
Inductors
mounts in Inverter Cabinet (1 per
- 176F8564 Spare,DC Link Inductor,62 uh inverter module) 2 2 3
mounts in Inverter Cabinet (1 per

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

- 176F8565 Spare,DC Link Inductor,51 uh inverter module) 2 2 3
mounts in Inverter Cabinet (1 per
- 176F8567 Spare,Fan Transformer, 1500 VA inverter module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
Power Options
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F1930 Spare,RFI filter,F3 RFI filter 1 1 1 1

176F9114 Spare,RFI filter,F4 RFI filter 1 1
176F8839 Spare,circuit breaker,3 pol,1200a,690V main circuit breaker 1
176F8840 Spare,circuit breaker,3 pol,2000a,690V main circuit breaker 1 1 1 1
176F8841 Spare,circuit breaker,3 pol,2500a,690V main circuit breaker 1

Table 11.3 DC Fuses, Mains Fuses, Fans, Printed Circuit Boards, Inductors and Power Options
 380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Power Options
176F9119 Spare,switch,disconnect,3 pol,1200a,690V main disconnect 1
176F9060 Spare,switch,disconnect,3 pol,2000a,690V main disconnect 1 1 1 1 1
176F9061 Spare,contactor,3 pol,650a,690V main contactor 1 1
176F9062 Spare,contactor,3 pol,1400a,690V main contactor 1 1 1 1
Cabinet Bus Bars
176F8876 Spare,BB,IC,F2,DC bus before inductors Inverter cabinet 2 2
176F8877 Spare,BB,IC,F2,DC bus after inductors Inverter cabinet 2 2
176F8878 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,inductor neg jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8879 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,inductor plus jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8880 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,dc inductor to fuse Inverter cabinet 4 4 4 4 6 6
176F8881 Spare,BB,IC,f1,dc bus after inductor Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2
176F8882 Spare,BB,IC,f1,dc bus before inductor Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2
176F8883 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,neg dc fuse jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8884 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,plus dc fuse jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8885 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,brake jumper Inverter cabinet 4 4 4 4 6 6
176F8886 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor jumper Inverter cabinet 6 6 6 6 9 9
176F8887 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor terminal W Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8888 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor terminal V Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8889 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor terminal U Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 2 3 3

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8399 Spare,BB,ls,vlt5202-5302 left brake terminal 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8404 Spare,BB,load share,2,vlt5202-5302 right brake terminal 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8890 Spare,BB,F Frame,mains terminal Rectifier cabinet 6 6 6 6 6 6
176F8891 Spare,BB,RC,a1,stepped input terminal Rectifier cabinet 3 3
176F8892 Spare,BB,RC,a2,stepped input terminal Rectifier cabinet 3 3
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8893 Spare,BB,RC,cu,stepped input terminal Rectifier cabinet 3 3

176F8894 Spare,BB,RC,a1,L1,across front Rectifier cabinet 1 1
176F8895 Spare,BB,RC,a2,L1,across front Rectifier cabinet 1 1
176F8896 Spare,BB,RC,cu,L1,across front Rectifier cabinet 1 1
176F8897 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L1,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8898 Spare,BB,RC,a2,fuse,L1,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8899 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L1,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8901 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L2,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1

137
Table 11.4 Power Options and Cabinet Bus Bars
11 11
 11 11

138
380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Cabinet Bus Bars
176F8902 Spare,BB,RC,a2,fuse,L2,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8903 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L2,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8904 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L3,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8905 Spare,BB,RC,a2,fuse,L3,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8906 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L3,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8907 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L1,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8908 Spare,BB,RC,a2,fuse,L1,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8909 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L1,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8910 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L2,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8911 Spare,BB,RC,a2,fuse,L2,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8970 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L2,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8971 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L3,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8972 Spare,BB,RC,a2,fuse,L3,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8973 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L3,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1
176F8974 Spare,BB,RC,a1,no fuse,L1,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8975 Spare,BB,RC,a2,no fuse,L1,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8976 Spare,BB,RC,cu,no fuse,L1,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8977 Spare,BB,RC,a1,no fuse,L2,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8978 Spare,BB,RC,a2,no fuse,L2,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8979 Spare,BB,RC,cu,no fuse,L2,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8980 Spare,BB,RC,a1,no fuse,L3,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8981 Spare,BB,RC,a2,no fuse,L3,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
176F8982 Spare,BB,RC,cu,no fuse,L3,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Table 11.5 Cabinet Bus Bars

 380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Cabinet Wire Assemblies
176F8983 Spare,cable,customer relay,F2 frame 1 1
CBL17 176F8984 Spare,cable,inverter3 xformer 1 1
CBL16 176F8985 Spare,cable,inverter2 xformer and fans 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL15 176F8986 Spare,cable,inverter1 xformer and fans 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL08 176F8987 Spare,cable,f2,RST,rectifier to inverter 1 1
CBL02 176F8988 Spare,cable,F frame,rectifier-DC link 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL18 176F8989 Spare,cable,F frame,LCP to control card 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL01 176F8990 Spare,cable,F frame,rectifier-MDCIC 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8991 Spare,cable,customer relay,F1 frame 1 1 1 1
CBL08 176F8992 Spare,cable,F1,RST,rectifier to inverter 1 1 1 1
from MDCIC to each Inverter
CBL09,10,11 176F8993 Spare,cable,44pin,inverter to MDCIC Module 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL19 176F8641 Spare,cable,control pca,44pin from control card to MDCIC 1 1 1 1 1 1
Panel Options
176F8797 Spare,fuse,time delay,6amp,PKG4 LPJ-6SP
176F8798 Spare,fuse,time delay,10amp,PKG3 LPJ-10SP
176F8799 Spare,fuse,time delay,15amp,PKG3 LPJ-15SP
176F8821 Spare,fuse,time delay,20amp,PKG3 LPJ-20SP
176F8822 Spare,fuse,time delay,25amp,PKG3 LPJ-25SP

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8823 Spare,fuse,time delay,30amp,PKG3 LPJ-30SP
176F8825 Spare,disconnect,4phase,F frame disconnect + handle
176F8824 Spare,power supply,24VDC,F frame uses 400VA transformer
176F8826 Spare,transformer,400VA,F frame used with 24V supply
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Table 11.6 Cabinet Wire Assemblies and Panel Options

139
11 11
 11 11

140
380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Inverter Module
IGBT Modules
IGBT module (3 per inverter
176F8630 Spare,fc igbt kit,300a,T5 module) 6 6 9
IGBT module (3 per inverter
176F8631 Spare,fc igbt kit,450a,T5 module) 6 6 9
176F8316 Spare,igbt assy,brk brake IGBT (2 per inverter module) 4 4 4 4 6 6
Printed Circuit Boards
gate drive pca (1 per inverter
176F8626 Spare,gate drive pca,cc module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
high frequency pca (1 per inverter
176F8307 Spare,hf pca,T5 module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
Current Sensors
current sensor (3 per inverter
176F8343 Spare,i-sensor,500a module) 6 6 9
current sensor (3 per inverter
176F8563 Spare,i-sensor,1000a module) 6 6 9
Capacitors
176F8323 Spare,cap,igbt snubber,1000v,1.5uf mounts on IGBT (3 per IGBT) 18 18 18 18 27 27
lower capacitor bank (1 per
176F8996 Spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,6cap,t5 inverter module) 2 2 3
lower capacitor bank (1 per

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8997 Spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,8cap,t5 inverter module) 2 2 3
upper capacitor bank (1 per
176F9001 Spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,6cap,t5 inverter module) 2 2 3
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

upper capacitor bank (1 per

176F9002 Spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,8cap,t5 inverter module) 2 2 3
Fuses
4 amp power card fuse (1 per
176F8440 Spare,fuse,4a,pkg3,power pca,fan module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8609 Spare,fuse,fan,15a,pkg3 15 amp fan fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3

Table 11.7 IGBT Modules, Printed Circuit Boards, Current Sensors, Capacitors and Fuses
 380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Wire Assemblies
CBL41,42,43 176F8582 Spare,cable,igbt gate from gate drive card to IGBT module (1 per kit) 6 6 6 6 9 9
CBL40 176F8352 Spare,cable,igbt temp from IGBT module to gate drive card 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL39 176F8583 Spare,cable,brake igbt from gate drive card to brake IGBT modules 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL44 176F9004 Spare,cable,fc gate drive,16pin,f frame from power card to gate drive card 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL37 176F9005 Spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,small from power card to current sensor 2 2 3
CBL37 176F9006 Spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,large from power card to current sensor 2 2 3
CBL35 176F9007 Spare,cable,dc bus to power pca,f frame from DC to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL34 176F9008 Spare,cable,power pca-fan,invert,f frame from power card to fan (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL35 176F9009 Spare,cable,inv mod,8pin plug-power pca from 8 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL33 176F9010 Spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module from 16 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL32 176F9011 Spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame from 30 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL31 176F9012 Spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame from 44 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
Bus Bars
176F8610 Spare,igbt output standoff,pkg9 IGBT output bus bar standoff (9 per kit) 18 18 18 18 27 27
176F8410 Spare,bb stand off,pkg10 bus bar mounting standoff (10 per kit) 11 11 11 11 11 11
176F9013 Spare,bb assy,igbt-cap,f frame capacitor bank to IGBT input (1 per kit) 6 6 6 6 9 9
176F8600 Spare,bb assy,igbt-ind connects to the IGBT input 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8994 Spare,bb,igbt output,f frame,small from IGBT output through current sensors 6 6 9
176F8995 Spare,bb,igbt output,f frame,large from IGBT output through current sensors 6 6 9

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9014 Spare,bb,f frame,u phase,ct output after current sensors (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F9015 Spare,bb,f frame,v phase,ct output after current sensors (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F9016 Spare,bb,f frame,w phase,ct output after current sensors (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F9029 Spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse plus DC bus after the DC fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F9030 Spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse minus DC bus after the DC fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 2 3 3
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Table 11.8 Wire Assemblies and Bus Bars

141
11 11
 11 11

142
380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Rectifier Module
SCR and Diode Modules
Diode kit (1 diode per kit, 3 per
176F9050 Spare,diode kit,1180a,2200v drive) 3 3 3 3 3 3
176F9051 Spare,scr kit,740a,2200v SCR kit (1 SCR per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3 3 3
176F9052 Spare,scr kit,1500a,2200v SCR kit (1 SCR per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3
Printed Circuit Boards
176F8555 Spare,softcharge pca,cc,t5 softcharge card 2 2 2 2 3 3
Fuses
176F8440 Spare,fuse,4a,pkg3,power pca,fan 4 amp power card fuse 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8336 Spare,fuse,softchg,20a,pkg3 softcharge fuse. package of 3 6 6 6 6 9 9
Wire Assemblies
from 16 pin plug to power card (1
CBL55 176F9010 Spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module per module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
from 30 pin plug to power card (1
CBL51 176F9011 Spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame per module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
from 44 pin plug to power card (1
CBL52 176F9012 Spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame per module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
from 14 pin plug to power card (1
CBL54 176F9031 Spare,cable,rec mod,14pin plug-power pca per module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
from 6 pin plug to power card (1
CBL56 176F9032 Spare,cable,rec mod,6pin plug-power pca per module) 1 1 1 1 1 1

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

from 8 pin plug to power card (1
CBL58 176F9033 Spare,cable,rec mod,8pin plug-power pca per module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL67 176F9034 Spare,cable,rec mod,power pca-thermal from power card to thermal sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

CBL68 176F8321 Spare,thermistor assembly heat sink thermal sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1

Table 11.9 SCR and Diode Modules, Printed Circuit Boards, Fuses and Wire Assemblies
 380 - 480 VAC / 380 - 500 VAC (FC 302)
FC 102FC 102 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Block Diagram Spare Part
Spare Part Name FC 202 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Designator Number
Spare Part Lists

FC 302 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800

Wire Assemblies
CBL53 176F9035 Spare,cable,rec mod,f1,scr gate from power card to SCR 1 1 1 1
CBL53 176F9036 Spare,cable,rec mod,f2,scr gate from power card to SCR 1 1
CBL57 176F9037 Spare,cable,rec mod,f1,softcharge-power from power card to softcharge 1 1 1 1
CBL57 176F9038 Spare,cable,rec mod,f2,softcharge-power from power card to softcharge 1 1
CBL60,62,64 176F9039 Spare,cable,rec mod,softcharge-dc bus from softcharge to DC bus 2 2 2 2 3 3
CBL66 176F9040 Spare,cable,rec mod,f1,mains-softcharge from AC line to softcharge 1 1 1 1
CBL66 176F9041 Spare,cable,rec mod,f2,mains-softcharge from AC line to softcharge 1 1
Soft Charge Resistors
176F9042 Spare,resistor,softcharge,27ohm,155w,f softcharge resistor 2 2 2 2 3 3
Bus Bars
output of SCR and diode modules
176F9053 Spare,BB,rec mod,dc bus,small al (1 per kit, 2 per drive) 2 2
output of SCR and diode modules
176F9054 Spare,BB,rec mod,dc bus,small cu (1 per kit, 2 per drive) 2 2
output of SCR and diode modules
176F9055 Spare,BB,rec mod,dc bus,large (1 per kit, 2 per drive) 2 2
between SCR and diode modules
176F9056 Spare,BB,rec mod,jumper scr-diode,smalla (1 per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3
between SCR and diode modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9057 Spare,BB,rec mod,jumper scr-diode,smallc (1 per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3
between SCR and diode modules
176F9058 Spare,BB,rec mod,jumper scr-diode,large (1 per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3
bus bar mounting standoff (10 per
176F8410 Spare,bb stand off,pkg10 kit) 11 11 11 11 9 9
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Service Tools
176F8835 Spare,F Frame Module Service Shelf service tool 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8766 Spare,tool,f frame dc to power cards service tool 1 1 1 1 1 1

Table 11.10 Wire Assemblies, Soft Charge Resistors, Bus Bars, Service Tools and Power Modules for Spare Stock

143
11 11
 Spare Part Lists High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

11.2.1 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC Drives

NOTE
Spare parts which contain descriptions with drive power
ratings are listed in Normal Overload!
Therefore FC 302 power ratings are one size up from the
drive type code.
FC 102FC 102 and FC-202 power ratings match the drive
type code.
Example: FC-302P90KT7 uses a P110T7 spare part.
FC-102P110T7 or FC-202P110T7 uses a P110T7 spare part.

NOTE
For the latest spare parts information, visit the Danfoss
Website at www.Danfoss.com

11 11

144 MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

 525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Block Diagram Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Rectifer Modules
Rectifier 176F8729 Spare,rectifier module,P710T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8730 Spare,rectifier module,P800T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8731 Spare,rectifier module,P900T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8732 Spare,rectifier module,P1M0T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8733 Spare,rectifier module,P1M2T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8734 Spare,rectifier module,P1M4T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 102
Rectifier 176F8729 Spare,rectifier module,P710T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8730 Spare,rectifier module,P800T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8731 Spare,rectifier module,P900T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8732 Spare,rectifier module,P1M0T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8733 Spare,rectifier module,P1M2T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8734 Spare,rectifier module,P1M4T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 202
Rectifier 176F8729 Spare,rectifier module,P710T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8730 Spare,rectifier module,P800T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8731 Spare,rectifier module,P900T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8732 Spare,rectifier module,P1M0T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8733 Spare,rectifier module,P1M2T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 302
Rectifier 176F8734 Spare,rectifier module,P1M4T7 102/202/302, 1 per drive 302
Inverter Modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Inverter 176F8760 Spare,inverter module,P710T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8761 Spare,inverter module,P800T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8762 Spare,inverter module,P900T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8763 Spare,inverter module,P1M0T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 102
Inverter 176F8764 Spare,inverter module,P1M2T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 102
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Inverter 176F8765 Spare,inverter module,P1M4T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 102

Inverter 176F8760 Spare,inverter module,P710T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8761 Spare,inverter module,P800T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8762 Spare,inverter module,P900T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 202

Table 11.11 Rectifier Modules and Inverter Modules

145
11 11
 11 11

146
525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Block Diagram FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Inverter Modules
Inverter 176F8763 Spare,inverter module,P1M0T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8764 Spare,inverter module,P1M2T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8765 Spare,inverter module,P1M4T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 202
Inverter 176F8760 Spare,inverter module,P710T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8761 Spare,inverter module,P800T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8762 Spare,inverter module,P900T7 102/202/302, 2 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8763 Spare,inverter module,P1M0T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8764 Spare,inverter module,P1M2T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 302
Inverter 176F8765 Spare,inverter module,P1M4T7 102/202/302, 3 per drive 302
Power Cards
PCA12 176F8792 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP710T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 102
PCA12 176F8793 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP800T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 102
PCA12 176F8794 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP900T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 102
PCA12 176F8795 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP1M0T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 102
PCA12 176F8796 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP1M2T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 102
PCA12 176F8735 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP1M4T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 102
PCA12 176F8792 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP710T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
PCA12 176F8793 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP800T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
PCA12 176F8794 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP900T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
PCA12 176F8795 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP1M0T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

PCA12 176F8796 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP1M2T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
PCA12 176F8735 Spare,power card,pdefc-xxxP1M4T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202

Table 11.12 Inverter Modules and Power Cards

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Block Diagram Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Power Cards
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8792 xxxP710T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8793 xxxP800T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8794 xxxP900T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8795 xxxP1M0T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8796 xxxP1M2T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8735 xxxP1M4T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 202
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8792 xxxP710T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8793 xxxP800T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8794 xxxP900T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8795 xxxP1M0T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 302

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8796 xxxP1M2T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 302
Spare,power card,pdefc-
PCA12 176F8735 xxxP1M4T7xxxxxUxC 102/202/302, 1 per module 302
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

DC Fuses
FU4,5,6,7,8,9 176F8767 Spare,Fuse,DC,1100A 2 per inverter module 4 4 4 6 6 6
Mains Fuses
FU1,2,3 176F8769 Spare,Fuse,Mains,2000A 3 per drive 3 3 3 3 3
FU1,2,3 176F8770 Spare,Fuse,Mains,2500A 3 per drive 3
Fans
- 176F8771 Spare,Fan,heatsink,F Frame 1 per module 3 3 3 4 4 4
- 176F8772 Spare,Fan,door,F Frame 1 per cabinet door 3 3 3 3 3 3

147
Table 11.13 Power Cards, DC Fuses, Mains Fuses and Fans
11 11
 11 11

148
525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Block Diagram Spare Part FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Designator Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Printed Circuit Boards
PCA13 176F8773 Spare,MDCIC board,cc 1 per drive 1 1 1 1 1 1
- 176F8308 Spare,Current Scaling PCA,4.54 Ohm mounts on MDCIC Card (1 per inverter module) 2 3
- 176F8309 Spare,Current Scaling PCA,3.79 Ohm mounts on MDCIC Card (1 per inverter module) 2 3
- 176F8311 Spare,Current Scaling PCA,2.56 Ohm mounts on MDCIC Card (1 per inverter module) 2 3
Inductors and Current Sensors
mounts in Inverter Cabinet (1 per inverter
- 176F8469 Spare,DC Link Inductor,73 uh module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
mounts in Inverter Cabinet (1 per inverter
- 176F8471 Spare,Fan Transformer, T7 module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
Power Options
176F8839 Spare,circuit breaker,3 pol,1200a,690V main circuit breaker 1 1
176F8840 Spare,circuit breaker,3 pol,2000a,690V main circuit breaker 1 1 1 1
176F9119 Spare,switch,disconnect,3 pol,1200a,690V main disconnect 1 1
176F9060 Spare,switch,disconnect,3 pol,2000a,690V main disconnect 1 1 1 1
176F9061 Spare,contactor,3 pol,650a,690V main contactor 1 1 1
176F9062 Spare,contactor,3 pol,1400a,690V main contactor 1 1 1
Cabinet Bus Bars
176F8876 Spare,BB,IC,F2,DC bus before inductors Inverter cabinet 2 2 2
176F8877 Spare,BB,IC,F2,DC bus after inductors Inverter cabinet 2 2 2
176F8878 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,inductor neg jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8879 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,inductor plus jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8880 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,dc inductor to fuse Inverter cabinet 4 4 4 6 6 6
176F8881 Spare,BB,IC,f1,dc bus after inductor Inverter cabinet 2 2 2
176F8882 Spare,BB,IC,f1,dc bus before inductor Inverter cabinet 2 2 2
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8883 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,neg dc fuse jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3

176F8884 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,plus dc fuse jumper Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3

Table 11.14 Printed Circuit Boards, Inducters and Current Sensors, Power Options and Cabinet Bus Bars
 525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Block Diagram Spare Part FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Designator Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Cabinet Bus Bars
176F8885 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,brake jumper Inverter cabinet 4 4 4 6 6 6
176F8886 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor jumper Inverter cabinet 6 6 6 9 9 9
176F8887 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor terminal W Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8888 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor terminal V Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8889 Spare,BB,IC,F Frame,motor terminal U Inverter cabinet 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8399 Spare,BB,ls,vlt5202-5302 left brake terminal 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8404 Spare,BB,load share,2,vlt5202-5302 right brake terminal 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8890 Spare,BB,F Frame,mains terminal Rectifier cabinet 6 6 6 6 6 6
176F8891 Spare,BB,RC,a1,stepped input terminal Rectifier cabinet 3 3 3
176F8893 Spare,BB,RC,cu,stepped input terminal Rectifier cabinet 3 3 3
176F8894 Spare,BB,RC,a1,L1,across front Rectifier cabinet 1 1 1
176F8896 Spare,BB,RC,cu,L1,across front Rectifier cabinet 1 1 1
176F8897 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L1,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8899 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L1,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8901 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L2,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8903 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L2,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8904 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L3,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8906 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L3,to fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8907 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L1,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8909 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L1,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8910 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L2,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8970 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L2,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8971 Spare,BB,RC,a1,fuse,L3,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8973 Spare,BB,RC,cu,fuse,L3,after fuse Fuse in Rectifier Cabinet 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8974 Spare,BB,RC,a1,no fuse,L1,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1 1

176F8976 Spare,BB,RC,cu,no fuse,L1,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8977 Spare,BB,RC,a1,no fuse,L2,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8979 Spare,BB,RC,cu,no fuse,L2,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8980 Spare,BB,RC,a1,no fuse,L3,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1 1
176F8982 Spare,BB,RC,cu,no fuse,L3,to module No fuse in Rectifer Cabinet 1 1 1

Table 11.15 Cabinet Bus Bars

149
11 11
 11 11

150
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC Drives 525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Block Diagram Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Cabinet Wire Assemblies
176F8983 Spare,cable,customer relay,F2 frame 1 1 1
CBL17 176F8984 Spare,cable,inverter3 xformer 1 1 1
CBL16 176F8985 Spare,cable,inverter2 xformer and fans 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL15 176F8986 Spare,cable,inverter1 xformer and fans 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL08 176F8987 Spare,cable,f2,RST,rectifier to inverter 1 1 1
CBL02 176F8988 Spare,cable,F frame,rectifier-DC link 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL18 176F8989 Spare,cable,F frame,LCP to control card 1 1 1 1 1 1
CBL01 176F8990 Spare,cable,F frame,rectifier-MDCIC 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8991 Spare,cable,customer relay,F1 frame 1 1 1
CBL08 176F8992 Spare,cable,F1,RST,rectifier to inverter 1 1 1
CBL09,10,11 176F8993 Spare,cable,44pin,inverter to MDCIC from MDCIC to each Inverter Module 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL19 176F8641 Spare,cable,control pca,44pin from control card to MDCIC 1 1 1 1 1 1
Panel Options
176F8797 Spare,fuse,time delay,6amp,PKG4 LPJ-6SP
176F8798 Spare,fuse,time delay,10amp,PKG3 LPJ-10SP
176F8799 Spare,fuse,time delay,15amp,PKG3 LPJ-15SP
176F8821 Spare,fuse,time delay,20amp,PKG3 LPJ-20SP
176F8822 Spare,fuse,time delay,25amp,PKG3 LPJ-25SP
176F8823 Spare,fuse,time delay,30amp,PKG3 LPJ-30SP
176F8825 Spare,disconnect,4phase,F frame disconnect + handle

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8824 Spare,power supply,24VDC,F frame uses 400VA transformer
176F8826 Spare,transformer,400VA,F frame used with 24V supply

Table 11.16 Cabinet Wire Assemblies and Panel Options

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Block Diagram Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Inverter Module
IGBT Modules
176F8634 Spare,fc igbt kit,300a,T7 IGBT module (3 per inverter module) 6 9
176F8635 Spare,fc igbt kit,450a,T7 IGBT module (3 per inverter module) 6 6 9 9
176F8316 Spare,igbt assy,brk brake IGBT (2 per inverter module) 4 4 4 6 6 6
Printed Circuit Boards
176F8626 Spare,gate drive pca,cc gate drive pca (1 per inverter module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
high frequency pca (1 per inverter
176F9019 Spare,hf pca,T7 module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
Current Sensors
176F8343 Spare,i-sensor,500a current sensor (3 per inverter module) 6 6 9 9
176F8563 Spare,i-sensor,1000a current sensor (3 per inverter module) 6 9
Capacitors
176F8534 Spare,cap,igbt snubber,1250v,1uf mounts on IGBT (3 per IGBT) 18 18 18 27 27 27
Spare,cap bank,f frame,lower, lower capacitor bank (1 per inverter
176F9000 8cap,t7 module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
Spare,cap bank,f frame,upper, upper capacitor bank (1 per inverter
176F9003 8cap,t7 module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
Fuses
176F8440 Spare,fuse,4a,pkg3,power pca,fan 4 amp power card fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8609 Spare,fuse,fan,15a,pkg3 15 amp fan fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3

Table 11.17 IGBT Modules, Printed Circuit Boards, Current Sensors, Capacitors and Fuses
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

151
11 11
 11 11

152
525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Block Diagram FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Wire Assemblies
CBL41,42,43 176F8582 Spare,cable,igbt gate from gate drive card to IGBT module (1 per kit) 6 6 6 9 9 9
CBL40 176F8352 Spare,cable,igbt temp from IGBT module to gate drive card 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL39 176F8583 Spare,cable,brake igbt from gate drive card to brake IGBT modules 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL44 176F9004 Spare,cable,fc gate drive,16pin,f frame from power card to gate drive card 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL37 176F9005 Spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,small from power card to current sensor 2 2 3 3
CBL37 176F9006 Spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,large from power card to current sensor 2 3
CBL35 176F9007 Spare,cable,dc bus to power pca,f frame from DC to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL34 176F9008 Spare,cable,power pca-fan,invert,f frame from power card to fan (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
Spare,cable,inv mod,8pin plug-power
CBL35 176F9009 pca from 8 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL33 176F9010 Spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module from 16 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL32 176F9011 Spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame from 30 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
CBL31 176F9012 Spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame from 44 pin plug to power card (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
Bus Bars
176F8610 Spare,igbt output standoff,pkg9 IGBT output bus bar standoff (9 per kit) 18 18 18 27 27 27
176F8410 Spare,bb stand off,pkg10 bus bar mounting standoff (10 per kit) 11 11 11 11 11 11
176F9013 Spare,bb assy,igbt-cap,f frame capacitor bank to IGBT input (1 per kit) 6 6 6 9 9 9
176F8600 Spare,bb assy,igbt-ind connects to the IGBT input 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8994 Spare,bb,igbt output,f frame,small from IGBT output through current sensors 6 6 9 9
176F8995 Spare,bb,igbt output,f frame,large from IGBT output through current sensors 6 9

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9014 Spare,bb,f frame,u phase,ct output after current sensors (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F9015 Spare,bb,f frame,v phase,ct output after current sensors (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F9016 Spare,bb,f frame,w phase,ct output after current sensors (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F9029 Spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse plus DC bus after the DC fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F9030 Spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse minus DC bus after the DC fuse (1 per module) 2 2 2 3 3 3

Table 11.18 Wire Assemblies and Bus Bars

 525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Block Diagram Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Rectifier Module
SCR and Diode Modules
176F9050 Spare,diode kit,1180a,2200v Diode kit (1 diode per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3 3 3 3 3
176F9051 Spare,scr kit,740a,2200v SCR kit (1 SCR per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3 3
176F9052 Spare,scr kit,1500a,2200v SCR kit (1 SCR per kit, 3 per drive) 3 3 3
Printed Circuit Boards
176F8466 Spare,softcharge pca,cc,t7 softcharge card 2 2 2 3 3 3
Fuses
176F8440 Spare,fuse,4a,pkg3,power pca,fan 4 amp power card fuse 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8336 Spare,fuse,softchg,20a,pkg3 softcharge fuse. package of 3 6 6 6 9 9 9
Wire Assemblies
Spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside from 16 pin plug to power card (1 per
CBL55 176F9010 module module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f from 30 pin plug to power card (1 per
CBL51 176F9011 frame module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f from 44 pin plug to power card (1 per
CBL52 176F9012 frame module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,14pin plug- from 14 pin plug to power card (1 per
CBL54 176F9031 power pca module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,6pin plug- from 6 pin plug to power card (1 per

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

CBL56 176F9032 power pca module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,8pin plug- from 8 pin plug to power card (1 per
CBL58 176F9033 power pca module) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,power pca-
CBL67 176F9034 thermal from power card to thermal sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

CBL68 176F8321 Spare,thermistor assembly heat sink thermal sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1

CBL53 176F9035 Spare,cable,rec mod,f1,scr gate from power card to SCR 1 1 1
CBL53 176F9036 Spare,cable,rec mod,f2,scr gate from power card to SCR 1 1 1

Table 11.19 SCR and Diode Modules, Print Circuit Boards, Fuses and Wire Assemblies

153
11 11
 11 11

154
525 - 690 VAC
FC 102FC 102 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC 202 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

Block Diagram Designator Spare Part Number Spare Part Name FC 302 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Wire Assemblies
Spare,cable,rec mod,f1,softcharge-
CBL57 176F9037 power from power card to softcharge 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,f2,softcharge-
CBL57 176F9038 power from power card to softcharge 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,softcharge-dc
CBL60,62,64 176F9039 bus from softcharge to DC bus 2 2 2 3 3 3
Spare,cable,rec mod,f1,mains-
CBL66 176F9040 softcharge from AC line to softcharge 1 1 1
Spare,cable,rec mod,f2,mains-
CBL66 176F9041 softcharge from AC line to softcharge 1 1 1
Soft Charge Resistors
Spare,resistor,softcharge,68ohm,
176F9043 155w,f softcharge resistor 2 2 2 3 3 3
Bus Bars
output of SCR and diode modules (1 per
176F9053 Spare,BB,rec mod,dc bus,small al kit, 2 per drive) 2 2 2
output of SCR and diode modules (1 per
176F9055 Spare,BB,rec mod,dc bus,large kit, 2 per drive) 2 2 2
Spare,BB,rec mod,jumper scr- between SCR and diode modules (1 per
176F9056 diode,smalla kit, 3 per drive) 3 3 3
Spare,BB,rec mod,jumper scr- between SCR and diode modules (1 per

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9058 diode,large kit, 3 per drive) 3 3 3
176F8410 Spare,bb stand off,pkg10 bus bar mounting standoff (10 per kit) 11 11 11 9 9
Service Tools
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

Spare,F Frame Module Service

176F8835 Shelf service tool 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spare,tool,f frame dc to power
176F8766 cards service tool 1 1 1 1 1 1

Table 11.20 Wire Assemblies, Soft Charge Resistors, Bus Bars and Service Tools
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Rectifier Modules
176F2879 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2934 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2938 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2947 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2948 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T5***B******* 2/T5
176F2951 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T5***B******* 2/T5
176F2961 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T5***B******* 2/T5
11.3 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse

176F2170 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T5***B******* 2/T5

176F2171 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B**** 1/T5
176F2172 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B**** 1/T5
176F2962 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B**** 1/T5
176F2965 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B**** 1/T5

176F2967 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B******* 1/T4

176F2968 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B******* 1/T4

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F2969 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B******* 1/T4
176F2971 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B******* 1/T4
176F3000 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T4***B******* 2/T4
176F3001 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T4***B******* 2/T4
176F3002 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T4***B******* 2/T4
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F3003 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T4***B******* 2/T4

176F3004 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B**** 1/T4
176F3005 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B**** 1/T4
176F3006 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B**** 1/T4
176F3007 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B**** 1/T4

176F3008 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B*******
176F3009 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B*******

155
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)

156
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Rectifier Modules
176F3010 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B*******
176F3011 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B*******
176F3012 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T7***B*******
176F3013 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T7***B*******
176F3014 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP900T7***B*******
176F3015 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B****
176F9162 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B****
176F3016 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B****
176F3017 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B****
176F3018 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B****
176F3019 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B****

Table 11.21 Rectifier Modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Inverter Modules
176F2804 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2828 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2829 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2832 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B******* 1/T5
176F2167 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T5***B******* 2/T5
176F2166 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T5***B******* 2/T5
176F2168 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T5***B******* 2/T5
176F2169 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T5***B******* 2/T5
176F2165 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B******* 3/T5
176F2164 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B******* 3/T5

176F2842 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B******* 1/T4

176F2843 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B******* 1/T4
176F2844 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B******* 1/T4
176F2846 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B******* 1/T4

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F2847 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T4***B******* 2/T4
176F2848 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T4***B******* 2/T4
176F2849 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T4***B******* 2/T4
176F2853 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T4***B******* 2/T4
176F2854 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B******* 3/T4
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F2855 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B******* 3/T4

176F2857 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B*******
176F2861 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B*******
176F2862 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B*******
176F2865 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B*******
176F2874 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T7***B*******
176F2875 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T7***B*******

157
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)

158
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Inverter Modules
176F2222 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP900T7***B*******
176F2876 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B*******
176F2877 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B*******
176F9159 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B*******

Table 11.22 Inverter Modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Power Card
176F2135 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2137 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2139 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2141 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2121 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2123 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2125 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B***** 1/T5
176F2127 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B***** 1/T5
176F3020 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T5***B******* 4/T5
176F3021 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T5***B******* 4/T5
176F3022 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T5***B******* 4/T5
176F3023 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T5***B******* 4/T5
176F3024 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B******* 5/T5
176F3025 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B******* 5/T5

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F2136 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B***** 1/T4
176F2138 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B***** 1/T4
176F2140 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B***** 1/T4
176F2142 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B***** 1/T4
176F2122 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B***** 1/T4
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F2124 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B***** 1/T4

176F2126 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B***** 1/T4
176F2128 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B***** 1/T4
176F3026 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T4***B******* 4/T4
176F3027 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T4***B******* 4/T4
176F3028 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T4***B******* 4/T4
176F3029 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T4***B******* 4/T4
176F3030 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B******* 5/T4

159
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)

160
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Power Card
176F3031 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B******* 5/T4

176F2143 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B*****
176F2144 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B*****
176F2146 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B*****
176F2147 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B*****
176F2129 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B*****
176F2130 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B*****
176F2132 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B*****
176F2133 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B*****
176F2148 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T7***B*******
176F3032 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T7***B*******
176F3033 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP900T7***B*******
176F3034 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B*******
176F3035 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B*******
176F2224 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B*******

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Table 11.23 Power Card
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Bus Bars
176F8600 spare,bb assy,igbt-ind,e1 frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8399 spare,bb,ls,vlt5202-5302 1 1 1 1
176F8404 spare,bb,load share,2,vlt5202-5302 1 1 1 1
176F9030 spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse minus 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9029 spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse plus 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8995 spare,bb,igbt,output,f frame,large 3 3 3 3 3/im 3/im
176F9014 spare,bb,f frame,u phase,ct output 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9015 spare,bb,f frame,v phase,ct output 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9016 spare,bb,f frame,w phase,ct output 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2428 spare,bb brake plus 1,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2432 spare,bb,brake minus 1,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2433 spare,bb,brake plus 2,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2434 spare,bb,brake minus 2,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2435 spare,bb,brake minus 3,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8889 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor terminal u

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8888 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor terminal v
176F8887 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor terminal w
176F8994 spare,bb,igbt output, f frame, small 3 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F8883 spare,bb,ic,f frame,neg dc fuse jumper 1 1 1 1
176F8884 spare,bb,ic,f frame,plus dc fuse jumper 1 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8886 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor jumper 3 3 3 3

176F8885 spare,bb,ic,f frame,brake jumper 2 2 2 2
176F9013 spare,bb assy,igbt-cap,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8879 spare,bb,ic,f frame,inductor plus jumper 2 2 2 2
176F2436 spare,bb,inductor jump 1,ic 2 2 2 2
176F2437 spare,bb,dc-link-common-output 1 1 1 1
176F2438 spare,bb,dc-link-neg-input-sm 1 1 1 1
176F2439 spare,bb,dc-link-plus-input 1 1 1 1

161
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)

162
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Bus Bars
176F2440 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-plus-input-lt 1 1 1 1
176F2441 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-neg-input-lt 1 1 1 1
176F2442 spare,bb,dc-link-neg-input-lg 1 1 1 1
176F2443 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-neg-input-rt 1 1 1 1
176F2444 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-plus-input-rt 1 1 1 1
176F2445 spare,bb,dc-link-output 1 1 1 1
176F2475 spare,bb,lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2476 spare,bb,upper-input 1 1 1 1
176F2477 spare,bb,t-lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2478 spare,bb,s-lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2479 spare,bb,r-lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2198 spare,bb,common,input,c-shape,rect,400mm 6 6 6 6
176F2199 spare,bb,r,input,lower,rectifier,400mm 2 2 2 2
176F2200 spare,bb,t,input,lower,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F2204 spare,bb,s,input,upper,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9154 spare,bb,t,input,upper,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9155 spare,bb,s,input,lower,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9156 spare,bb,t,input,entry,back,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9157 spare,bb,s,input,entry,back,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9158 spare,bb,r,input,entry,back,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F9161 spare,bb,t,input,entry,front,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9164 spare,bb,s,input,entry,front,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9165 spare,bb,r,input,entry,front,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9166 spare,bb,common,output,flat,rect,400mm 4 4 4 4
176F9179 spare,bb,plus,output,lower,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9180 spare,bb,neg,output,upper,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9181 spare,bb,neg,output,lower,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9182 spare,bb,plus,output,upper,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Bus Bars
176F9183 spare,bb,t,input,jumper,front,cabinet 1 1 1 1
176F9184 spare,bb,r,input,jumper,front,cabinet 1 1 1 1
176F9187 spare,bb,s,input,jumper,front,cabinet 1 1 1 1
Capacitors
176F8323 spare,cap,igbt snubber,1000v,1.5uf 9 9 9 9 9/im 9/im 9/im 9/im 9/im 9/im
176F8534 spare,cap,igbt snubber,1250v,1uf
176F9002 spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,8cap,t5 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9001 spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,6cap,t5 1/im 1/im
176F9003 spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,8cap,t7
176F9000 spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,8cap,t7
176F8996 spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,6cap,t5 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8997 spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,8cap,t5 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

163
11 11
 11 11

164
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Current Sensors
176F8343 spare,i-sensor,500 amp 3
176F8563 spare,i-sensor,1000a 3 3 3
Disconnects
176F8593 spare,disc sw,600a,600v,e1 frame 2 2 2 2
176F9119 spare,switch,disconnect,3 pol,1200a,690v 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fans
176F8771 spare,fan,heatsink,f frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8772 spare,fan,door,f frame 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Fuses
176F8609 spare,fuse,fan,15a,pkg3,5452-5502 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F1194 spare,fuse block,30a,600a,2p 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8440 spare,fuse,ppca,fan,4a,pkg3,d frame 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8440 spare,fuse,ppca,fan,4a,pkg3,d frame 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F8440 spare,fuse,ppca,fan,4a,pkg3,d frame 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8335 spare,fuse,semi,630a,500v
176F8591 spare,fuse,semi,700amp 6 6 6 6
176F8592 spare,fuse,semi,900amp 6 6 6 6
176F2548 spare,fuse,fast acting,1500a,690v 6 6
176F8768 spare,fuse,dc,1400a 2 2 2
176F8767 spare,fuse,dc,1100a 2
Magnetics
176F8565 spare,bus inductor,51 uh 2 2 2 2
176F8567 spare,fan transformer assy,1500 va 1 1 1 1
176F8471 spemtra / auto transformer fan

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

165
11 11
 11 11

166
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Printed Circuit Assemblies
176F2480 spare,hmd pca,mpic,12-18 pulse,t5 1 1 1 1
176F2481 spare,hmd pca,mpic,12-18 pulse,t7
176F8308 spare,i-scaling pca,4.54 ohm
176F8309 spare,i-scaling pca, 3.79 ohm
176F8311 spare,i-scaling pca,2.56 ohm 2 3
176F8554 spare,i-scaling pca,4.21 ohm 2 2 3
176F8627 spare,current scaling pca,2.32 ohm 2
176F8773 spare,mdcic pca,cc,f frame 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8626 spare gate drive pca,cc,d frame,fc302 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8466 spare,softcharge pca,cc,t7,e1 frame
176F8555 spare,softcharge pca,cc,t5,e1 frame 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8307 spare,hf pca,vlt5122-5302t4/5 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
Power Modules
176F8434 spare,scr kit,430a,2200v,e1 fra
176F8435 spare,diode kit,540a,2200v,e1 frame
176F9051 spare,scr kit,740a,2200v 3/rm 3/rm

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9050 spare,diode kit,1180a,2200v 3/rm 3/rm
176F9120 spare,scr kit,560a,1600v,e1 frame 6 6 6 6 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm
176F9121 spare,diode kit,608a,1600v,e1 frame 6 6 6 6 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 2/im
176F8316 spare,igbt assy,brk,vlt5122-vlt5302 2 2 2 2 2/im 2/im 2/im 2/im 2/im 2/im
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8556 spare,igbt kit,300a,1200v,e1 frame 3 3/im 3/im 3/im

176F9087 spare,igbt kit,450a,1200v,e & f frm,gen4 3 3 3 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F8432 spare,igbt kit,300a,1700v,e1 frame
176F8433 spare,igbt kit,450a,1700v,e1 frame
 Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Wire Assemblies
176F8321 spare,thermistor assy,d frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8352 spare,cable,ibgt temp,vlt5122-5302 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8583 spare,cable,brake igbt,e1 frame 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F8582 spare,cable,igbt gate,e1 frame 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F9035 spare cable,rec,f1,scr gate 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9035 spare cable,rec,f1,scr gate 1 1 1 1
176F9042 spare,resistor,softcharge,27ohm,155w,f 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
176F9039 spare,cable,rec mod,f2,softcharge-dc bus 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F9032 spare cable,rec mod,6pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1
176F9037 spare cable,rec mod,f1,softcharge-power 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9034 spare cable,rec mod,power pca-thermal 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9031 spare cable,rec mod,14pin plug-power pca 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9031 spare cable,rec mod,14pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm
176F9012 spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9012 spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9012 spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm
176F9011 spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9011 spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9005 spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,small 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9006 spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,large v 1/m 1/m 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F9007 spare,cable,dc bus to power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9009 spare,cable,inv mod,8pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9008 spare,cable,power pca-fan,invert,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2532 spare,assy,wire,44pin,inv,f1/f2 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9004 spare,cable,fc gate drive,16pin,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9010 spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9010 spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9010 spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm

167
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 380-500 VAC 12 Pulse 380-500 VAC (380-480 VAC)

168
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Wire Assemblies
176F9043 spare,resistor,softcharge,68ohm,155w,f
176F8993 spare,cable, 44pin,inverter to mdcic 1 1 1 1
176F2483 spare,assy,wire,30pin,rect,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2486 spare,assy,wire,rst prime,p250-p400,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2485 spare,assy,wire,scr,2,rect,f8 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2484 spare,assy,wire,temp sense,rect,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2498 spare,assy,wire,rst,p250-p400,f8 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
176F2502 spare,assy,wire,fan,cab,f8 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2482 spare,assy,wire,fan,rect,f8,12p 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2509 spare,assy,wire,fan,rect,f8,12p 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2500 spare,assy,wire,temp sense,mpic 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
176F2499 spare,assy,wire,rst,prime,2,p250-p400,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2547 spare,assy,wire,can bus,inv,f8,12p 1 1 1 1
176F2501 spare,assy,wire,sc dclink,rect,f 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm

Table 11.24 Wire Assemblies

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P355 P400 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Rectifier Modules
176F2879 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B*******
176F2934 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B*******
176F2938 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B*******
176F2947 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B*******
176F2948 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T5***B*******
176F2951 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T5***B*******
176F2961 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T5***B*******
11.4 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse

176F2170 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T5***B*******
176F2171 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B****
176F2172 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B****
176F2962 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B****
176F2965 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B****

176F2967 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B*******
176F2968 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B*******

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F2969 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B*******
176F2971 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B*******
176F3000 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T4***B*******
176F3001 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T4***B*******
176F3002 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T4***B*******
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F3003 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T4***B*******
176F3004 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B****
176F3005 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B****
176F3006 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B****
176F3007 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B****

176F3008 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B******* 1
176F3009 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B******* 1

169
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC

170
FC102 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2 P1M4
FC302 P355 P400 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P900 P1M0 P1M2
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Rectifier Modules
176F3010 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B******* 1
176F3011 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B******* 1
176F3012 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T7***B******* 2
176F3013 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T7***B******* 2
176F3014 spare,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP900T7***B******* 2
176F3015 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B**** 1
176F9162 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B**** 1
176F3016 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B**** 1
176F3017 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B**** 1
176F3018 spare,rm,1sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B**** 1
176F3019 spare,rm,2sc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B**** 1

Table 11.25 Rectifier Modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Inverter Modules
176F2804 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B*******
176F2828 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B*******
176F2829 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B*******
176F2832 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B*******
176F2167 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T5***B*******
176F2166 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T5***B*******
176F2168 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T5***B*******
176F2169 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T5***B*******
176F2165 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B*******
176F2164 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B*******

176F2842 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B*******
176F2843 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B*******
176F2844 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B*******
176F2846 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B*******

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F2847 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T4***B*******
176F2848 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T4***B*******
176F2849 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T4***B*******
176F2853 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T4***B*******
176F2854 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B*******
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F2855 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B*******

176F2857 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B******* 1
176F2861 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B******* 1
176F2862 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B******* 1
176F2865 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B******* 1
176F2874 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T7***B******* 2
176F2875 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T7***B******* 2

171
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC

172
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Inverter Modules
176F2222 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP900T7***B******* 2
176F2876 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B******* 3
176F2877 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B******* 3
176F9159 spare,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B******* 3

Table 11.26 Inverter Modules

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Power Card
176F2135 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B*****
176F2137 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B*****
176F2139 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B*****
176F2141 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B*****
176F2121 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T5***B*****
176F2123 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T5***B*****
176F2125 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T5***B*****
176F2127 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T5***B*****
176F3020 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T5***B*******
176F3021 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T5***B*******
176F3022 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T5***B*******
176F3023 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T5***B*******
176F3024 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T5***B*******
176F3025 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T5***B*******

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F2136 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B*****
176F2138 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B*****
176F2140 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B*****
176F2142 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B*****
176F2122 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP315T4***B*****
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F2124 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP355T4***B*****
176F2126 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP400T4***B*****
176F2128 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T4***B*****
176F3026 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T4***B*******
176F3027 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T4***B*******
176F3028 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T4***B*******
176F3029 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T4***B*******
176F3030 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T4***B*******

173
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC

174
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Power Card
176F3031 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T4***B*******

176F2143 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B***** 1
176F2144 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B***** 1
176F2146 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B***** 1
176F2147 spare,pc,im,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B***** 1
176F2129 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP450T7***B***** 1
176F2130 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP500T7***B***** 1
176F2132 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP560T7***B***** 1
176F2133 spare,pc,rm,12p,PDEFC-XXXP630T7***B***** 1
176F2148 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP710T7***B******* 4
176F3032 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP800T7***B******* 4
176F3033 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP900T7***B******* 4
176F3034 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M0T7***B******* 5
176F3035 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M2T7***B******* 5
176F2224 spare,pc,12p,PDEFC-XXXP1M4T7***B******* 5

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

Table 11.27 Power Card
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Bus Bars
176F8600 spare,bb assy,igbt-ind,e1 frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8399 spare,bb,ls,vlt5202-5302 1 1 1 1
176F8404 spare,bb,load share,2,vlt5202-5302 1 1 1 1
176F9030 spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse minus 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9029 spare,bb,f frame,dc fuse plus 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8995 spare,bb,igbt,output,f frame,large 3 3/im
176F9014 spare,bb,f frame,u phase,ct output 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9015 spare,bb,f frame,v phase,ct output 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9016 spare,bb,f frame,w phase,ct output 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2428 spare,bb brake plus 1,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2432 spare,bb,brake minus 1,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2433 spare,bb,brake plus 2,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2434 spare,bb,brake minus 2,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2435 spare,bb,brake minus 3,im 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8889 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor terminal u 1 1 1 1

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F8888 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor terminal v 1 1 1 1
176F8887 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor terminal w 1 1 1 1
176F8994 spare,bb,igbt output, f frame, small 3 3 3 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F8883 spare,bb,ic,f frame,neg dc fuse jumper 1 1 1 1
176F8884 spare,bb,ic,f frame,plus dc fuse jumper 1 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8886 spare,bb,ic,f frame,motor jumper 3 3 3 3

176F8885 spare,bb,ic,f frame,brake jumper 2 2 2 2
176F9013 spare,bb assy,igbt-cap,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8879 spare,bb,ic,f frame,inductor plus jumper 2 2 2 2
176F2436 spare,bb,inductor jump 1,ic 2 2 2 2
176F2437 spare,bb,dc-link-common-output 1 1 1 1
176F2438 spare,bb,dc-link-neg-input-sm 1 1 1 1
176F2439 spare,bb,dc-link-plus-input 1 1 1 1

175
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC

176
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Bus Bars
176F2440 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-plus-input-lt 1 1 1 1
176F2441 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-neg-input-lt 1 1 1 1
176F2442 spare,bb,dc-link-neg-input-lg 1 1 1 1
176F2443 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-neg-input-rt 1 1 1 1
176F2444 spare,bb,rect-dc-link-plus-input-rt 1 1 1 1
176F2445 spare,bb,dc-link-output 1 1 1 1
176F2475 spare,bb,lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2476 spare,bb,upper-input 1 1 1 1
176F2477 spare,bb,t-lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2478 spare,bb,s-lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2479 spare,bb,r-lower-input 1 1 1 1
176F2198 spare,bb,common,input,c-shape,rect,400mm 6 6 6 6
176F2199 spare,bb,r,input,lower,rectifier,400mm 2 2 2 2
176F2200 spare,bb,t,input,lower,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F2204 spare,bb,s,input,upper,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9154 spare,bb,t,input,upper,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9155 spare,bb,s,input,lower,rectifier,400mm 1 1 1 1

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9156 spare,bb,t,input,entry,back,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9157 spare,bb,s,input,entry,back,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9158 spare,bb,r,input,entry,back,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F9161 spare,bb,t,input,entry,front,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9164 spare,bb,s,input,entry,front,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9165 spare,bb,r,input,entry,front,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9166 spare,bb,common,output,flat,rect,400mm 4 4 4 4
176F9179 spare,bb,plus,output,lower,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9180 spare,bb,neg,output,upper,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9181 spare,bb,neg,output,lower,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
176F9182 spare,bb,plus,output,upper,rect,400mm 1 1 1 1
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Bus Bars
176F9183 spare,bb,t,input,jumper,front,cabinet 1 1 1 1
176F9184 spare,bb,r,input,jumper,front,cabinet 1 1 1 1
176F9187 spare,bb,s,input,jumper,front,cabinet 1 1 1 1
Capacitors
176F8323 spare,cap,igbt snubber,1000v,1.5uf
176F8534 spare,cap,igbt snubber,1250v,1uf 9 9 9 9 9/im 9/im 9/im 9/im 9/im 9/im
176F9002 spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,8cap,t5
176F9001 spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,6cap,t5
176F9003 spare,cap bank,f frame,upper,8cap,t7 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9000 spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,8cap,t7 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8996 spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,6cap,t5
176F8997 spare,cap bank,f frame,lower,8cap,t5

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

177
11 11
 11 11

178
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Current Sensors
176F8343 spare,i-sensor,500 amp 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F8563 spare,i-sensor,1000a 3/im
Disconnects
176F8593 spare,disc sw,600a,600v,e1 frame 2 2 2 2
176F9119 spare,switch,disconnect,3 pol,1200a,690v 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fans
176F8771 spare,fan,heatsink,f frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8772 spare,fan,door,f frame 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Fuses
176F8609 spare,fuse,fan,15a,pkg3,5452-5502 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F1194 spare,fuse block,30a,600a,2p 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8440 spare,fuse,ppca,fan,4a,pkg3,d frame 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8440 spare,fuse,ppca,fan,4a,pkg3,d frame 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8440 spare,fuse,ppca,fan,4a,pkg3,d frame 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8335 spare,fuse,semi,630a,500v 6 6 6 6
176F8591 spare,fuse,semi,700amp
176F8592 spare,fuse,semi,900amp 6 6 6
176F2548 spare,fuse,fast acting,1500a,690v 6 6 6
176F8768 spare,fuse,dc,1400a
176F8767 spare,fuse,dc,1100a 2 2 2 2
Magnetics
176F8565 spare,bus inductor,51 uh 2 2 2 2
176F8567 spare,fan transformer assy,1500 va 1 1 1 1 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8471 spemtra / auto transformer fan 2 2 2 2 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

179
11 11
 11 11

180
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Printed Circuit Assemblies
176F2480 spare,hmd pca,mpic,12-18 pulse,t5
176F2481 spare,hmd pca,mpic,12-18 pulse,t7 1 1 1 1
176F8308 spare,i-scaling pca,4.54 ohm 2 3
176F8309 spare,i-scaling pca, 3.79 ohm 2 3
176F8311 spare,i-scaling pca,2.56 ohm 2 3
176F8554 spare,i-scaling pca,4.21 ohm
176F8627 spare,current scaling pca,2.32 ohm
176F8773 spare,mdcic pca,cc,f frame 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F8626 spare gate drive pca,cc,d frame,fc302 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F8466 spare,softcharge pca,cc,t7,e1 frame 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8555 spare,softcharge pca,cc,t5,e1 frame
176F8307 spare,hf pca,vlt5122-5302t4/5
Power Modules
176F8434 spare,scr kit,430a,2200v,e1 fra 6 6 6 6 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm
176F8435 spare,diode kit,540a,2200v,e1 frame 6 6 6 6 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm 3/rm
176F9051 spare,scr kit,740a,2200v 3/rm 3/rm

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9050 spare,diode kit,1180a,2200v 3/rm 3/rm
176F9120 spare,scr kit,560a,1600v,e1 frame
176F9121 spare,diode kit,608a,1600v,e1 frame
176F8316 spare,igbt assy,brk,vlt5122-vlt5302 2 2 2 2 2/im 2/im 2/im 2/im 2/im 2/im
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F8556 spare,igbt kit,300a,1200v,e1 frame

176F9087 spare,igbt kit,450a,1200v,e & f frm,gen4
176F8432 spare,igbt kit,300a,1700v,e1 frame 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F8433 spare,igbt kit,450a,1700v,e1 frame 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im
 Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
Spare Part Lists

FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Wire Assemblies
176F8321 spare,thermistor assy,d frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F8352 spare,cable,ibgt temp,vlt5122-5302
176F8583 spare,cable,brake igbt,e1 frame 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8582 spare,cable,igbt gate,e1 frame 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im 3/im
176F9035 spare cable,rec,f1,scr gate 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9035 spare cable,rec,f1,scr gate 1 1 1 1
176F9042 spare,resistor,softcharge,27ohm,155w,f
176F9039 spare,cable,rec mod,f2,softcharge-dc bus 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
176F9032 spare cable,rec mod,6pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1
176F9037 spare cable,rec mod,f1,softcharge-power 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9034 spare cable,rec mod,power pca-thermal 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9031 spare cable,rec mod,14pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9031 spare cable,rec mod,14pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9012 spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9012 spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

176F9012 spare,cable,44pin,power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F9011 spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9011 spare,cable,30pin,power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9005 spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,small 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9006 spare,cable,current sensor,f frame,large 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

176F9007 spare,cable,dc bus to power pca,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9009 spare,cable,inv mod,8pin plug-power pca 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9008 spare,cable,power pca-fan,invert,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F2532 spare,assy,wire,44pin,inv,f1/f2 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9004 spare,cable,fc gate drive,16pin,f frame 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9010 spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m 1/m
176F9010 spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im 1/im
176F9010 spare,cable,relay,f frame,inside module 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/im 1/im 1/im

181
11 11
 11 11
Spare Parts for 525-690 VAC 12 Pulse 525-690 VAC

182
FC102 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800 P1M0
FC302 P250 P315 P355 P400 P450 P500 P560 P630 P710 P800
Spare Part Lists

F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F8/F9 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F10/F11 F12/F13 F12/F13
Note- all descriptions refer to normal
overload ratings.
Spare Part Number Spare Part Name
Wire Assemblies

176F9043 spare,resistor,softcharge,68ohm,155w,f 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
176F8993 spare,cable, 44pin,inverter to mdcic 1 1 1 1
176F2483 spare,assy,wire,30pin,rect,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2486 spare,assy,wire,rst prime,p250-p400,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2485 spare,assy,wire,scr,2,rect,f8 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2484 spare,assy,wire,temp sense,rect,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2498 spare,assy,wire,rst,p250-p400,f8 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1
176F2502 spare,assy,wire,fan,cab,f8 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2482 spare,assy,wire,fan,rect,f8,12p 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2509 spare,assy,wire,fan,rect,f8,12p 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm
176F2500 spare,assy,wire,temp sense,mpic
176F2499 spare,assy,wire,rst,prime,2,p250-p400,f8 1 1 1 1
176F2547 spare,assy,wire,can bus,inv,f8,12p 1 1 1 1
176F2501 spare,assy,wire,sc dclink,rect,f 1 1 1 1 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm 1/rm

Table 11.28 Wire Assemblies

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives
 LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET: 400VA TRANSFORMER, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND 24V POWER
SUPPLY X1 H1 BLK T1
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
SCALING SCALING SCALING
DOOR INTERLOCKS CBL19 CARD CARD CARD

MK100
MK107
MK108
MK109
INV1 INV2 INV3
OPTION CABINET RECTIFIER CABINET INVERTER CABINET FC-X02
DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK DOOR INTERLOCK CBL18
WHT GRN/YEL MDCIC CARD
X2 H2

MK106
PCA13
- + - + - +
1 FK100 44 1 FK102 44
24V AC/DC LCP
400VA POWER SUPPLY
ANALOG I/O
Block Diagrams

TRANSFORMER RS-485

61 68 69
39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -
BLK WHT BLK WHT
BLK WHT DIGITAL INPUTS
CBL20
2 2 12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN
1 1
BLK 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
+ - CBL21
WHT BLK LOAD SHARE
WHT
BLK WHT WHT TERMINALS
SPLICE
RED
BLK

JUMPER IS INSTALLED
IN CASE THERE IS LOAD SHARE
NO OPTION CABINET (UNIDIRECTIONAL)

2 2
CBL1
CBL20
1 1
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET
12 Block Diagrams

BLK 2 2 BLK
HEATSINK/DOOR
FOUR-POLE WHT 1 1 WHT HEATSINK/DOOR HEATSINK/DOOR FAN TRASNFORMER
FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
FUSIBLE
DISCONNECT CBL9 CBL10 CBL11
KLIXON IS INSTALLED IN CASE THERE IS AN OPTION CABINET

RFI KLIXON
WHT WHT
RED BLK
RED BLK RED BLK
2 3 1 REGEN
Fu1 Fu2 Fu3 Fu4 2 3 1 2 3 1
6A 6A 6A 6A 2 3 1
TERMINALS
106 104 2 3 1 2 3 1
WHT
CBL3
RECTIFIER CABINET DOOR FAN

FAN- L
CBL3
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS BLK FAN+ N

GND PE INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN LOCATED IN INVERTER

LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET
FAN- CABINET
WHT CBL2 FAN+
CBL17
GND CBL3
BLK BLK FAN- L CBL3
FAN+ N
A1/C2 RFI GND PE
WHT WHT BLK FAN-

FAN+
LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET GND

OPTION CABINET DOOR FAN

2 2 RED INVERTER CABINET DOOR FAN
CBL23 CBL3
1 1 BLK CBL4

2
3 3 WHT UDC

2
CBL7
NOT USED BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED BLK WHT NOT USED
BLK BLK BLK
CBL1 44 14 3 6 44 1 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6
WHT 5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 11 10 9
WHT WHT
6-Pin WHT 6-Pin
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin BLK FU5 6-Pin 16-Pin WHT FU7 16-Pin FU9 DC-Link 16-Pin
DC-Link

8
RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA INVERTER Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 1
Relay Relay WHT Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay
DC-Link Not used
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3
BLK BLK

5 4
5 10
5 10

8-Pin
-

+
-

+
- BLK

+
-SCR WHT

1
MK1 MK1
MK1 RED

RFI CARD

RFI CARD
RED

RFI CARD
10-Pin
CBL7

10-Pin
10-Pin

WHT 7 2 WHT FU8

7 2
1 FU6
7 2

FU4 BLK
1

BLK

1
1

+SCR DC+ DC+ DC+

INVERTER 2 INVERTER 3

MK5

MK7
MK6

MK5

MK7
RECTIFIER

MK6
INVERTER 1

MK5

MK7
MK6
POWER CARD
30

TEST CONNECTOR
1
1 1 1

DC- DC- DC-

20 RED RED

6
RED R' R' R'

POWER CARD
WHT
POWER CARD

POWER CARD

30 WHT S' S'

6 2
WHT S'

TEST CONNECTOR
30 30

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

TEST CONNECTOR

6 2 5

2 5
R' S' T'
8-Pin

TEST CONNECTOR

T' T'

8-Pin

8-Pin
5
T'
12-Pin 44 BLK BLK
BLK
3 4

3 4

3 4
7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE
7

7
TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS
8

8
R S T

MK3
MK1
MK3

MK2
MK1

MK2
MK3
MK1

MK2
R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE DIFF. MODE W1 W2 W3

FILTER FILTER FILTER

MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

V1
WHT
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

BLK U1 U2 U3
MAINS FUSES
14 11 OF1
R
L1 91 FU1

S
FU2
L2 92

T FU3
L3 93 CBL8
M1
DS1 C13 C14
GND 94
CONTACTOR
TB1
DISCONNECT BLK WHT BLK WHT
C21 C22 BLK
WHT C1
MX C2 BLK C1 C2
BLK A1 A2 WHT A1 A2 C21 C22 C13 C14
WHT
CB
SHUNT TRIP LOCATED IN OPTIONS CABINET: CB AND CONTACTOR TERMINAL BLOCKS
CB1

Illustration 12.1 F-Frame Drive: Top Level Block Diagram

183
12 12
 12 12
TO OPTION AND
NOT USED TO INVERTER DC-LINK TO INVERTER 1

184
INVERTER CABINETS
TEST CONNECTOR 14-PIN 16-PIN 6-PIN 8-PIN
30-pin Panel Mount Connector
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 5 4 1
6 7 5 8 11 10 3
6 7 5 1 8 10 3 8 7 6 11 10 9
11 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 5 4 1
29 1 RED WHT BLK WHT BLK WHT BLK BLK BLK WHT
RED
BLK RED
WHT WHT BLK WHT
RED BLK SPLICE
TEMP SWITCH/SCR Disable RFI SWITCH Fu1 (15A)
CBL54 SPLICE CBL58
WHT FAN ASSEMBLY
Block Diagrams

CBL55
CBL56 CBL58 HEATSINK FAN
WHT BLU 1 1
CBL51 1 2 3

2
9
4 5 CBL57

7
8
6

3
5
6
1 2 3

4
13

15
12
1

16
14
1 2 3 B A BLK BLK 2 2
C NO NC SPLICE BRN

IV1
3 3

RL2

IU1
C NO NC

IW1
VDD

DET 11
GND

VDD
FANO

VNEG
VNEG
VNEG
+DC

VPOS
-DC

SENS 10
VPOS

VPOS 1
CAN 10 GRN/YEL
104 105 R RED 4 4
106 AUX 2 AUX 1 MK105 5
NC C NO MK108 RELAY

IV'

IU'
IW'
RELAY 8

CUR
HF SW
RFI FAN

MK104
MK106 S WHT
FK102 3
MK112

MAINS
CURRENT 6
SENSORS T BLK
1
MK102
29 BLK C1
1 WHT HEATSINK
FAN CAPACITOR
WHT

POWER CARD CBL57

MK110
1 PCA12
43
1
6
6

MK100

SCR
GATE DRIVER MK103 RED
RECTIFIER HS
TEMP SENSOR
R S T

GND

TMP
4
4

CBL52 3 6 2 5 1 4 1 2 3
WHT
WHT WHT WHT
20 BLK BLK
CBL53 BLK BLK BLK
2

WHT
2

R' S' T'

RED R
CBL67 +SCR A
+SCR MK2 CBL60
1
1

MK3

WHT S -SCR C

MK1
+

44-pin Panel Mount Connector

+

-SCR - +SCR
BLK T SOFTCHARGE BOARD 1
PCA16
3
3

SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 RS+ A

43 BLK BLK BLK R1
MK4

RS- B
1 2
WHT WHT
11
11

WHT
12-PIN

2
CBL61
1
RED
9
9

WHT
R S T BLK
7
7
TO INVERTERS 1, 2, & 3

CBL68
R R' S' T'
CBL62
RED
R +SCR A
MK2
5
5

TH1 WHT
MK3

HEATSINK NTC S -SCR C

MK1
+

BLK -SCR - +SCR

T SOFTCHARGE BOARD 3
12
12

S PCA17
RS+ A
R2
MK4
10

RS- B
10

T Heatsink Temp Sensor

CBL63
8
8

RED

WHT

BLK

R' S' T'

CBL64
RED
R +SCR A
MK2
WHT
MK3

S -SCR

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

C
MK1
+

-SCR - +SCR
D1 D2 D3 -SCR T SOFTCHARGE BOARD 2
-
PCA18
- RS+ A
R3
MK4

RS- B

BLK CBL65
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

CBL66

Illustration 12.2 F-Frame Drive: Rectifier Module

Block Diagrams High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

130BX424.10
2 2 BLK 2 2 BLK
1 WHT 1 1 WHT
TB8
1

44
C1 C2 AUX RELAYS 1 & 2

FK100
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS FC-X02
01 02 03 04 05 06

LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET

1
01 02 03 04 05 06

LCP CBL11
RFI_1 ANALOG I/O
3 3 BLK RS-485

61 68 69 39 42 50 53 54 55
2 2 S + -

1 WHT DIGITAL INPUTS

1
12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37

CBL13
3 3

2 2
1 1

RFI_2 RED
WHT BLK

CBL12

HEATSINK/DOOR
FAN TRASNFORMER
CBL15 TR1
WHT
RED BLK
OPTIONS CABINET DOOR FAN
2 31
RED FAN- L
TB5
2 31
WHT
F3 FAN+ N

REG+
REGEN
GND PE

L1 L2 BLK TERMINALS
REG-
1
2

F1
FAN-
1
2

FAN+
GND
RECTIFIER CABINET
DOOR FAN
INVERTER
F4
FAN-
FAN+ N
L
DOOR FAN
GND PE

WHT
CBL14 BLK
BLK
BLK

CBL16 177G0520 RED

WHT

WHT

UDC Not used CBL17

WHT BLK
BLK WHT RED

WHT
5 1 8 7 6 3 10 11 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6 11 10 9
WHT
14-Pin 16-Pin 6-Pin
-L1

6-Pin 16-Pin
+L1

-L2
+L2

8 6 5 4 3 1

RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA Aux 2 Aux 1 Fan Aux 2 Aux 1

INVERTER Relay
Relay Relay Relay
8-Pin

DC-Link Power
5 10

BLK
P2 P6 P3 P4 P5 P1 P2
10-Pin

BLK
RED
P4
7 2

WHT

12 12
BLK
TEST CONNECTOR

DC+
POWER CARD

BLK
1
P7 6
12-P RECTIFIER
GND

30
INVERTER 1 P7
5
4
CAN_H
CAN_L
RED
WHT

3
2 VDD

DC-
1 1 RFI_2

P5 P1
TEST CONNECTOR

RED
POWER CARD

20
R'
P6
6 2 5 3 4 7 8

WHT
8-Pin

S'
R' S' T' T'
12-Pin 44
BLK 30
7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 P3 BRAKE
R1 S1 T1 R2 S2 T2
TERMINALS
R+
R-
W1
INV 2
V1 MOTOR TERMINALS

MAINS FUSES MAINS FUSES

U1
R'
6 2 5

BLK
8-Pin

S'
WHT
R1 91 R2 91-1 T'
FU1 FU4
RED
INV 1
3 4 7 8

S1 92 S2 92-1 Not Used

CBL18
FU2 FU5

T1 93 FU3 T2 93-1 FU6

GND 94 GND 94
TB1 TB2

Illustration 12.3 12-Pulse Top Level Block Diagram F8/F9

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark 185

 12 12

186
HEATSINK/DOOR
P4
FAN TRASNFORMER

TO Cabinet Door Fan /

TRx
Inductor Cabinet Fan
WHT
RED

2 3 1
Block Diagrams

P2 P3 P6 2 3 1

P7 P1 TO OPTION AND
8-PIN
INVERTER CABINETS NOT USED TO INVERTER DC-LINK

20
44-pin Panel Mount Connector

1
TEST CONNECTOR 14-PIN 16-PIN 6-PIN
130BX425.10
30-pin Panel Mount Connector

1
43
8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 7 5 11 10 3
6 7 5 1 8 11 10 3 8 7 6 11 10 9 Fu1 (15A) 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 6 5 4 3 2 1
29 1 WHT WHT BLK
RED WHT BLK BLK RED
RED WHT BLK
BLK RED
TEMP WHT WHT BLK WHT
SWITCH/SCR RED BLK BLK
Disable RFI SWITCH Fu1 (4A)
CBL202 WHT
CBL203 HEATSINK FAN
WHT
CBL204 BLK WHT 1 1
43

1
2
9
1 2 3

7
8

3
5
6
1 2 3 4 5 6

11
13

10
15
12

16
14
1 2 3 B A 13 11 4 5 3 12 9 16 1 8 BLK 2 2
C NO NC

IV1
RL2
3

IU1
C NO NC 3

IW1
VDD

DET
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L1

GND

VDD
FANO

VNEG
VNEG
VNEG

VPOS

SENS
VPOS

VPOS
CBL201 -DC +DC SPLICE

AUX_S
AUX_T
AUX_S
AUX_T
CAN AUX 2 FANS
GRN/YEL 4 4
CBL200 AUX 1 X2 X1 CBL205
MPIC 106 104 105 RELAY

IV'

IU'
IW'
RELAY

CUR
HF SW
RFI FAN
MK108 MK105
NC C NO MK107
CURRENT MK112

MK110
SENSORS
10 FK102
2
R3 C1
13
MK102
5
S3 MK107 1
HEATSINK

MAINS
8
16 T3 1 1 1 FAN CAPACITOR

RED 1
9
R2 POWER CARD
WHT 4
12
S2 CBL207

MK104
MK106 CBL219

MK105
MK104

MAINS
BLK 7
15
T2
29 29 29 10 RED
R 5
8 WHT
TMP MK106 S

1
1 WHT WHT TMP MK100 3
6

MAINS
MK100 MK102 FK103 6 RED
GND 2 BLK BLK GND T BLK
SCR 1
SCR CBL208 GATE DRIVER

MK103

2 3

Highest HS

MK110
TEMP SIGNAL
GATE DRIVER LOGIC CKT. 3 RED RED
AUX S, AUX T

RECTIFIER HS
R2 S2 T2

TEMP SENSOR
R3 S3 T3 R2 S2 T2 N1 N2 N3 SNS
4

3 6 2 5 1 4
WHT

102
100
101
103
7 14 6 13 5 12 3 10 2 9 1 8 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
Chassis Gnd Chassis Gnd WHT WHT WHT
WHT WHT WHT
BLK BLK BLK BLK
BLK BLK
2

CBL209 CBL210 CBL213 BLK

CBL211
1

+ +L1
+
+L2
3

SCR1 SCR2 SCR3

SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 BLK BLK BLK
BLK BLK BLK 1 2 3
P5
1 2 3 WHT WHT WHT
11

WHT WHT 1 2 3
WHT
12-PIN

1 2 3
CBL215
9

R' S' T'

RED R 1 +SCR A
3 2 1
MK3

WHT -SCR C
7

CBL214 S 2
MK1
TO INVERTERS 1, 2, & 3

CBL212 BLK MK2 -L1 - +L1

R1 T 3
R2 N1
5

RS+ A
N2 HEATSINK NTC SOFTCHARGE BOARD 1 R1
MK4

HEATSINK NTC RS- B

S1 RED
12

S2 CBL216
WHT
10

T1 Heatsink Temp Sensor

T2
8

BLK

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

R' RED
3 3
S' WHT
2 2
T'
D1 D2 D3 1 1
D4 D5 D6 -
-
-
- -L2 -L1
CBL217 RED CBL219
WHT
BLK
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

R' S' T'

3 2 1 CBL206
RED
R 1 +SCR A
MK2
WHT

MK3
S 2 -SCR C
CBL218 BLK
WHT

MK1
BLK -L2 - +L2
T 3
RED
RS+ A R' RED
SOFTCHARGE BOARD 2
R2

MK4
PCA17 RS- B S' WHT
BLK 10 R'
T' R 5
CBL220 8 S'
S 3
6 T'
CBL209 T 1

177G2547 Not Used

Illustration 12.4 12-Pulse Rectifier Module F8/F9

 TO CUSTOMER AUX RELAY TERMINALS TO FAN AUTOTRANSFORMER
TO MDCIC BOARD TEST CONNECTOR USED 16-Pin 10-Pin TO RECTIFIER MODULE
8-Pin
3 5 10 4 8 7 6 9 2 1 6 5 1 2 3 6
8 7 1 4 3 2 4 5

8 7 6 11 10 9 3 5 10 4 8 7 6 9 2 1 6 2 3 4 5 6
8 7 1 4 3 2 5 1
44-pin Panel 30-pin Panel P3
Mount Connector Mount Connector BLK BLK RED WHT BLK
WHT BLK RED CBL305
P2 P4 WHT WHT GDB, MK101,Pin1
Block Diagrams

BLK RED P7
WHT WHT Fu1 (15A) CBL304
WHT
P6 RED BLK GDB, MK101,Pin2
P1 BLK
CBL302 WHT 130BX426.10
BLK
CBL303 AUX FAN CBL303
1 2 3 4 5 6 13 11 4 5 3 12 9 16 1 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 10 3 8 1 6 BLK

3
1 GND FAN ASSEMBLY
CBL301 C NO NC C NO NC L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L1

AUX_S
AUX_T

AUX_S
AUX_T
R S T HEATSINK FAN

2
AUX 2 AUX 1 FANS X2 X1 102 100 103 101
RELAY RELAY S AUX_S T AUX_T
CAN_L WHT BLU
MAINS WHT 1 1

MK108
MK107

1
MK112 FK103 CAN_H BLK BLK 2 2
MK106 RED SPLICE BRN 3 3
CAN GRN/YEL 4 4

3
CBL300

105
NO

MK104
2

C
F5-F8

104

FK102
29

106
NC
POWER CARD C1
WHT HEATSINK
1 HF SWITCH
BLK

+
VDD 14 FAN CAPACITOR
HF SW WHT

-
RL2 15

RFI FAN VDD 12 WHT

FANO 13
MK102 GND 9
SENS 10
CUR DET CBL306
11

SENSORS
VPOS 1
IU' IU1 2
VNEG 3

MK110
VPOS 4
MK105 IV' IV1 5
VNEG 6

CURRENT
43 +DC -DC VPOS 7
MK109 IW' IW1 8
VNEG 16
A B TB3
CBL307 81 R-
RED E1/C2 BRAKE IGBT
BRC

10
BLK E2

5
BRC 82

MK1
BRK
R+

6 4 1
COL
G2
GATE DRIVE BOARD

7
BRN

6
BRN

BRK

1
P7, Pin 1 RFI_RL2 MK106

MK105
Fu2 (4A) WHT BRAKE GATE

2
GBP IGBT4 EXT BRAKE
GATE

1
GBP RES CARD RESISTOR

2
P7, Pin 2 VDD MK101 MK102 MK103 MK104 PCA14
EM

6-Pin MK100 CONNECTIONS

U V W NTC

3
GUP
EUP
GUP
EUP
GUP
EUP

GUP
GUN
EUP
EUN

GUN
EUN
GUP
GUN
EUP
EUN

GUN
EUN
GUP
GUN
EUP
EUN

GUN
EUN
TMP+
TMP-
RED

1
1
BLK 1 2 6 7 4 5 9 10 1 2 6 7 4 5 9 10 1 2 6 7 4 5 9 10 1 2 3 E1/C2 BRAKE IGBT
BLK E2
MK1
BRK

6 4 1

WHT G2
COL

2
2
BLK CBL308 CBL308
P5 CBL308 CBL309 BRAKE GATE
IGBT5
GATE

4
4
BLK RES CARD
PCA15
EM

3
3
WHT CBL310

5
1 2 3

5
4 5 8 1 4 5 8 1 1 2 3 4 5 8 1 1 2 3
WHT UDC- UDC+

EUP1
ELO1

GLO1

GUP1

NTC1
NTC1

NTC2

EUP1
NTC1

ELO1
NTC2
NTC2

GLO1
EUP1
ELO1

GUP1
GLO1
GUP1
NTC NTC

6
U NTC

6
WHT V W
MK100 MK103 MK100 MK103 MK100 MK103
GATE RESISTOR CARD NTC GATE RESISTOR CARD NTC GATE RESISTOR CARD NTC

IN
IN

IN
OUT

CBL311

OUT
CUP1 GUP1 EUP1 GLO1 ELO1 CUP2 GUP2 EUP2 GLO2 ELO2 CUP3 GUP3 EUP3 GLO3 ELO3

OUT
CUP1 GUP1 EUP1 GLO1 ELO1 CUP2 GUP2 EUP2 GLO2 ELO2 CUP3 GUP3 EUP3 GLO3 ELO3 CUP1 GUP1 EUP1 GLO1 ELO1 CUP2 GUP2 EUP2 GLO2 ELO2 CUP3 GUP3 EUP3 GLO3 ELO3

PCA9 CBANK1 LOWER CBANK2 UPPER

HF CARD DC CAP BANK DC CAP BANK

+
+DC UDC+ UDC+

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

IU
L2 TB2
CS1 96 U
+M -
C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10
+ NTC NTC NTC
+
- - CUP1 CUP2
UP UP CUP3 VP CUP1 VP CUP2 WP CUP3 WP CUP1 VP CUP2 WP CUP3 WP
IV
GUP1 GUP2 GUP3 GUP1 GUP2 GUP3 GUP1 GUP2 GUP3
L3
EUP1 EUP2 EUP3 EUP1 EUP2 EUP3 EUP1 EUP2 EUP3

CS2 97 V
A A +M -
B B

MK1
MK1
C

BAL CKT
C

BAL CKT
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

GLO1 GLO2 GLO3 GLO1 GLO2 GLO3 GLO1 GLO2 GLO3

ELO1 ELO2 ELO3 ELO1 ELO2 ELO3 ELO1 ELO2 ELO3

UN UN VN VN WN WN VN WN WN IW
L4
ECONOPACK+ MODULE ECONOPACK+ MODULE ECONOPACK+ MODULE 98 W
+ +
CS3
-
IGBT1 IGBT2 IGBT3 +M -
-

3
2
+
MK100
-
1
UDC- UDC-
-
-DC BLK
WHT

+
HF SWITCH

-
CBL312

Illustration 12.5 12-Pulse Inverter Module F8/F9

187
12 12
 12 12

188
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
SCALING SCALING SCALING
CBL101 CARD CARD CARD

MK100
MK107
MK108
MK109
FC-X02 INV1 INV2 INV3
MDCIC CARD

MK106
Block Diagrams

1 FK100 44 1 FK102 44 PCA13

LCP CBL100
ANALOG I/O
RS-485

61 68 69 39 42 50 53 54 55
S + -

DIGITAL INPUTS
130BX427.10

12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 20 37 1 FK101 44 1 FK103 44
MK101 MK102
CAN CAN

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

BLK
WHT
RED
BLK
WHT
RED

CBL104
SCR DIS/ENA TERMINAL BLOCKS 2 2 2
BLK
CBL103
LOCATED IN RECTIFIER CABINET JUMPER IS INSTALLED CBL102
IN CASE THERE IS 1 1
WHT
1
BLK NO OPTION CABINET
2 2
HEATSINK/DOOR HEATSINK/DOOR
1 HEATSINK/DOOR
1 FAN TRASNFORMER FAN TRASNFORMER
C2 FAN TRASNFORMER
WHT
C1 TR3
TR1 TR2

WHT WHT
WHT BLK RECT2 RED BLK
RED BLK RED BLK
23 1
RECT1 F1 F2 231 231
F1 F2 OPTIONS CABINET OPTIONS CABINET
RED 2 31 TB5
DOOR FAN DOOR FAN 2 31 2 31
WHT WHT
FAN- L
WHT FAN- L
WHT REG+
FAN+
L1 F5 N
L2 F6 FAN+ N

GND PE
BLK GND PE
106 104
106 104
REG-
S2 FAN-
S1 BLK CBL107 S1 S2 CBL110 FAN-
FAN+
FAN+ F4
UDC UDC GND
F3 GND
REGEN
CBL109

1
1

2
2
INVERTER CABINET INVERTER CABINET CBL113 TERMINALS
CBL106 2 2 DOOR FAN
WHT DOOR FAN
2 2 1 1 BLK

1
1

2
2
1 1 BLK
RECTIFIER CABINET 3 3 WHT RECTIFIER CABINET
BLK
3 3 WHT DOOR FAN DOOR FAN
RFI2
RFI1 RED FAN- L FAN- L CBL112
FAN+ N FAN+ N
F1 GND PE
F2 GND PE

BLK CBL108 BLK

CBL105
WHT WHT
CBL111
BLK Not used BLK BLK BLK WHT BLK WHT NOT USED
Not used WHT NOT USED
14 3 6 44 1 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6
5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 5 1 8 7 6 3 1011 3 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 14 3 6 44 1 8 7 6 11 10 9 8 7 6 11 10 9 11 10 9
16-Pin 6-Pin WHT 6-Pin
14-Pin 6-Pin 16-Pin 14-Pin 6-Pin FU5 6-Pin P1 16-Pin WHT FU7 P1 16-Pin FU9 P1 16-Pin
RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA INVERTER Aux 2 Aux 1 RFI/CAN/SCR DIS/ENA INVERTER Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1 DC-Link Aux 2 Aux 1
Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay
DC-Link DC-Link P4 BLK

5 10
P5 P5
5 10

8-Pin
P2 P3 P4 -SCR P2 P6 P3 P2 BLK P2 P5 P2
-SCR P6 FU4 RED
RED

8 6 5 4 3 1
10-Pin

8 6 5 4 3 1
7

10-Pin
10-Pin

WHT WHT

2
P4 FU6 P4 FU8 P4
BLK
7 2 1

BLK

1
DC+
7 2 1

1 DC+ DC+
1
+SCR +SCR P7 INVERTER 1 INVERTER 2 INVERTER 3
P7

POWER CARD
30

TEST CONNECTOR
RECTIFIER 1 RECTIFIER 2 1

POWER CARD
30

TEST CONNECTOR
1 1
1
1
3 P6
DC- BLK
DC- P6 RED
DC- P6
20 R'
6

18 P1 J2 BLK R'
P1 20 R' WHT
POWER CARD

30 WHT

POWER CARD
P5
2

J1 P5 WHT S' S'

POWER CARD

30 30
TEST CONNEC TOR

S'

TEST CONNECTOR
6 2 5

T'
8-Pin

T'
TEST CONNEC TOR

R' S' T'

8-Pin

R' S' T'

8-Pin

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

T'
RED BLK P3
3

12-Pin 12-Pin 44 RED P3 P3

44
4

7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 7 9 11 8 10 12 2 4 6 BRAKE BRAKE BRAKE

7

TERMINALS TERMINALS TERMINALS

8
3 4 7 8

6 2 5 3 4 7 8
R1 S1 T1 R2 S2 T2

CBL114 R+ R+ R+
R- R- R-

W1 W2 W3
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

V1 MOTOR TERMINALS V2 MOTOR TERMINALS V3 MOTOR TERMINALS

MAINS FUSES MAINS FUSES

U1 U2 U3

91 FU1 95
R1 R2 FU4

92 FU2 S2 96 FU5
S1

93 T2 97 FU6
T1 FU3

GND 94 GND 98
CBL115
TB1 TB2

Illustration 12.6 12-Pulse Top Level Block Diagram F10 - F13

 TO Cabinet Door Fan /
HEATSINK/DOOR
FAN TRASNFORMER
TRx Inductor Cabinet Fan
WHT
P4
P2 RED

P6 2 3 1
20 1 P7 TO OPTION AND P3
2 3 1 8-PIN
J1 CBL205
18 3 INVERTER CABINETS NOT USED TO INVERTER DC-LINK
Block Diagrams

P1 TEST CONNECTOR
6-PIN
14-PIN 16-PIN
30-pin Panel Mount Connector

43
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 7 5 8 11 10 3
6 7 5 1 8 10 3 8 7 6 11 10 9
130BX428.10
11 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Fu1 (15A)
29 1 RED WHT BLK WHT BLK RED WHT BLK
44-pin Panel Mount Connector RED WHT
BLK RED BLK
Temp Sw / WHT WHT
WHT BLK
SCR disable BLK

FK103
RED

FK103

FK103
FK103

Pin 101
Pin 100

Pin 103
Pin 102
RFI switch Fu1 (4A) BLK
CBL202 CBL203 WHT
WHT HEATSINK FAN
CBL201 CBL204 BLK WHT 1 1

1
2
9

7
8

3
5
6

11
1 2 3 4 5 6

13
1 2 3

10
15
12

16
14
1 1 2 3 B A 13 11 4 5 3 12 9 16 1 8 BLK 2 2
C NO NC

IV1
RL2

IU1
IW1
VDD
C NO NC 3

DET
SPLICE 3

GND

VDD
FANO
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L1

VNEG
VNEG
VNEG

VPOS

SENS
VPOS

VPOS
-DC +DC
CBL206

AUX_S
AUX_T

AUX_S
AUX_T
CAN GRN/YEL
106 104 105 AUX 2 AUX 1 X1 4 4
MK105 FANS X2

IV'
C NO

IU'
NC

IW'
MK108 RELAY RELAY

CUR
HF SW
RFI FAN

MK104
CBL200 MK107
FK102 CURRENT MK112
SENSORS

29 MK102 C1
1
HEATSINK
FAN CAPACITOR

POWER CARD

MK110
PCA12 CBL207
10 RED
43 R 5
8 WHT
FK103 MK106 S
6
6

MK100 MK103 3

MAINS
RECTIFIER HS
6 BLK
SCR
TEMP SENSOR
T 1
GATE DRIVER Auxs, AuxT RED

GND

TMP
R S T
4
4

1 2 3 WHT

102
3 6 2 5 1 4

100
101
103
WHT WHT WHT P5
BLK BLK
BLK BLK BLK P4 pin5
WHT
2
2

CBL208 P4 pin6 R' S' T' CBL210

CBL209 P4 pin 4 RED R +SCR A
P4 pin 3 MK2
1
1

MK3

WHT S -SCR C
MK1

+
+

-SCR - +SCR
BLK T SOFTCHARGE BOARD 1
PCA16
3
3

SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 +SCR RS+ A

BLK BLK BLK R1
MK4

RS- B
1 2
WHT
11
11

WHT WHT
12-PIN

1 2
CBL211
9
9
TO INVERTERS 1, 2, & 3

7
7

CBL212
R
5
5

TH1
HEATSINK NTC
12
12

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

R'
10

10

S'
T Heatsink Temp Sensor
T'
8
8

CBL207
High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

D1 D2 D3 -SCR
-
-

CBL213

Illustration 12.7 12-Pulse Rectifier 1 Module F10 - F13

189
12 12
 12 12

190
HEATSINK/DOOR
TRx FAN TRASNFORMER TO Cabinet Door Fan /
Inductor Cabinet Fan
WHT
P2 RED
P6 2 31
P4
20 1 P7 TO OPTION AND
P3 8-PIN
2 31
P1 INVERTER CABINETS NOT USED TO INVERTER DC-LINK
J2 TEST CONNECTOR 6-PIN
14-PIN 16-PIN
Block Diagrams

30-pin Panel Mount Connector

43
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 7 5 8 11 10 3
6 7 5 1 8 10 3 8 7 6 11 10 9
11 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
130BX429.10
Fu1 (15A)
29 1 RED WHT BLK WHT BLK RED WHT BLK RED
44-pin Panel Mount Connector WHT BLK
BLK RED
WHT WHT BLK WHT CBL304

FK103
FK103
RED BLK

FK103
FK103

Pin 101
Pin 100

Pin 103
Pin 102
TEMP SWITCH/SCR Disable CBL302 Fu1 (15A) BLK
RFI SWITCH
CBL3xx WHT
WHT HEATSINK FAN
CBL301 CBL303 WHT 1 1
CBL300 BLK

1
2
9

7
8

3
5
6
1 2 3

4
1 2 3 4 5 6

11
13

10
15
12

16
14
1 1 2 3 B A 13 11 4 5 3 12 9 16 1 8 BLK 2 2

RL2

IV1
SPLICE

IU1
IW1
C NO NC C NO NC 3 3

VDD

DET
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L1

GND
-DC

VDD

VPOS
+DC

SENS
VPOS

VPOS
VNEG
VNEG
VNEG
FANO
AUX_S
AUX_T

AUX_S
AUX_T
CAN GRN/YEL 4 4
106 104 105 AUX 2 AUX 1 FANS X2 X1
NC C NO MK105

IV'

IU'
IW'
MK108 RELAY RELAY

CUR
HF SW
MK107

RFI FAN

MK104
FK102 MK112
CURRENT
SENSORS

29 MK102 C1
1
HEATSINK
FAN CAPACITOR

POWER CARD

MK110
PCA12
CBL307 CBL307
10
43 R 5
RED
MK106 8
S WHT
6

3
6

MK100 FK103

MAINS
MK103 6
SCR RECTIFIER HS T 1
BLK
GATE DRIVER TEMP SENSOR AuxS, AuxT RED

GND

TMP
R S T
4
4

3 6 2 5 1 4 1 2 3 WHT

102
100
101
103
WHT WHT WHT
CBL305 BLK BLK
BLK BLK BLK P4 pin5
2

WHT
2

P5
P4 pin6 R' S' T'
P4 pin 4 RED R CBL308
+SCR A
CBL306 MK2
P4 pin 3
1
1

MK3

WHT S -SCR C
MK1

+
+

-SCR - +SCR
BLK T SOFTCHARGE BOARD 1
PCA16
3
3

SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 +SCR RS+ A

BLK BLK BLK R1
MK4

RS- B
1 2
11

WHT WHT
11

WHT
12-PIN

1 2
9
9

CBL309
TO INVERTERS 1, 2, & 3

7
7

CBL310
R
5
5

TH1
HEATSINK NTC
12
12

MG90K202 - VLT® is a registered Danfoss trademark

10

10

T Heatsink Temp Sensor

8
8

RED

WHT

BLK

R' S' T' CBL311

High Power Service Manual for Modular F Frame Drives

RED
R +SCR A
MK2
WHT
MK3

S -SCR C
MK1
+

BLK -SCR - +SCR

D1 D2 D3 -SCR T SOFTCHARGE BOARD 2
-
PCA18
- RS+ A
R3
MK4

RS- B

BLK CBL313

CBL312

Illustration 12.8 12-Pulse Rectifier 2 Module F10 - F13

 www.danfoss.com/drives

130R0364 MG90K202 Rev. 2011-09-07

*MG90K202*